UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
þ
¨
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-34095
FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Wisconsin
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
401 Charmany Drive, Madison, WI
(Address of principal executive offices)
39-1576570
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
53719
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (608) 238-8008
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
Common Share Purchase Rights
Name of each exchange on which registered
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨
No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨
No þ
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act
None
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ
No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to
Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files.) Yes þ
No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in
definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated
filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer o
Accelerated Filer þ
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting
company)
Smaller Reporting Company o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨
No þ
The aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the closing price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most
recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $203.2 million .
As of March 3, 2016 , 8,700,172 shares of common stock were outstanding.
Part III – Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 16, 2016 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1
Table of Contents
PART I
Item 1. Business
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Item 2. Properties
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Item 9B. Other Information
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules
Signatures
2
1
1
15
26
27
27
27
28
28
30
31
63
64
124
124
126
126
126
126
126
126
126
127
127
128
Table of Contents
PART I.
Item 1. Business
General
BUSINESS
First Business Financial Services, Inc. (together with all of its subsidiaries, collectively referred to as “Corporation,” “FBFS,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) is a
registered bank holding company originally incorporated in 1986 under the laws of the State of Wisconsin and engaged in the commercial banking business
through its three wholly-owned bank subsidiaries, First Business Bank (“FBB”), headquartered in Madison, Wisconsin, First Business Bank-Milwaukee (“FBB-
Milwaukee”), headquartered in Brookfield, Wisconsin, and Alterra Bank (“Alterra”), headquartered in Leawood, Kansas (together with FBB and FBB-Milwaukee,
collectively referred to as the “Banks”). All of our operations are conducted through the Banks and certain subsidiaries of FBB. The Banks operate as business
banks delivering a full line of commercial banking products and services tailored to meet the specific needs of small and medium sized businesses, business
owners, executives, professionals and high net worth individuals. The Banks generally target businesses with annual sales between $2.0 million and $75.0 million.
Our business banking focus does not rely on an extensive branch network to attract retail clients; therefore, to supplement the business banking deposit base, the
Banks utilize a wholesale funding strategy to fund a portion of their assets. As of December 31, 2015 , on a consolidated basis, we had total assets of $1.783 billion
, total gross loans and leases of $1.435 billion , total deposits of $1.577 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $150.8 million .
Our Business Lines
Commercial Lending
We strive to meet the specific commercial lending needs of small to medium sized companies in our target markets of Wisconsin, Kansas and Missouri,
primarily through lines of credit and term loans to businesses with annual sales between $2.0 million and $75.0 million. Through FBB, we have a significant
presence in Madison and its surrounding areas. In 2000, we opened FBB-Milwaukee to take advantage of the strong commercial base located in Milwaukee and the
surrounding communities. In 2006, FBB opened a loan production office in Appleton to take advantage of the commercial environment in Northeast Wisconsin.
Subsequently, FBB opened additional loan production offices in Oshkosh, Green Bay and Manitowoc. In 2014, FBB-Milwaukee opened a loan production office in
Kenosha, further expanding within the southeastern area of Wisconsin. Also in 2014, we acquired Aslin Group, Inc. and its bank subsidiary Alterra to add an
established business focused team serving similar sized businesses in the Kansas City metropolitan area.
Our commercial loans are typically secured by various types of business assets, including inventory, receivables and equipment. We also originate loans
secured by commercial real estate, including owner-occupied commercial facilities, multi-family housing, office buildings, retail centers, and, to a lesser extent,
commercial real estate construction loans. In very limited cases, we may originate loans on an unsecured basis. As of December 31, 2015 , our commercial real
estate and commercial loans, excluding asset-based lending and equipment financing, represented approximately 82.8% of our total gross loans and leases
receivable.
Asset-Based Financing
First Business Capital Corp. (“FBCC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB, provides asset-based lending to small to medium sized companies. With its
sales offices located in several states, FBCC serves clients nationwide.
FBCC primarily provides revolving lines of credit and term loans for financial and strategic acquisitions (e.g., leveraged or management buyouts), capital
expenditures, working capital to support rapid growth, bank debt refinancing, debt restructuring, corporate turnaround strategies and debtor-in-possession financing
in the course of bankruptcy proceedings or the exit therefrom. As a bank-owned, asset-based lender with strong underwriting standards, FBCC is positioned to
provide cost-effective financing solutions to companies with annual sales between $2.0 million and $75.0 million who do not have the established stable cash flows
necessary to qualify for traditional commercial lending products. Asset-based lending typically generates higher yields than traditional commercial lending. This
line of business complements our traditional commercial loan portfolio and provides us with more diverse income opportunities. As of December 31, 2015 , our
asset-based lending business line represented 11.3% of our total gross loans and leases receivable.
First Business Factors (“FBF”), a division of FBCC, provides funding to clients by purchasing accounts receivable on a full recourse basis. FBF provides
competitive rates to clients starting up, seeking growth and needing cash flow support, or
1
Table of Contents
who are experiencing financial issues. Similar to asset-based lending, factoring typically generates higher yields than traditional commercial lending and
complements our traditional commercial portfolio. We believe we will continue to grow this business line in the future. FBF is headquartered in Chicago, Illinois
and with its sales offices located in several states is able to serve clients nationwide. As of December 31, 2015 , our factored receivable financing business line
represented approximately 1% of our total gross loans and leases receivable.
Equipment Financing
First Business Equipment Finance, LLC (“FBEF”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB, delivers a broad range of equipment finance products, including
leases and loans, to address the financing needs of commercial clients in a variety of industries. FBEF’s focus includes manufacturing equipment, industrial assets,
construction and transportation equipment, and a wide variety of other commercial equipment. These financings generally range between $500,000 and
$7.5 million with terms of 36 to 84 months. We believe we will continue to grow this business line primarily through our existing offices in Wisconsin. As of
December 31, 2015 , our equipment financing business line represented approximately 3.3% of our total gross loans and leases receivable.
Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Lending
The SBA guarantees loans originated by lenders to small business borrowers who meet its program eligibility and underwriting guidelines. Specific
program guidelines vary based on the SBA loan program; however, all loans must be underwritten, originated, monitored and serviced according to the SBA’s
Standard Operating Procedures. Generally, the SBA provides a guaranty to the lender ranging from 50% to 90% of principal and interest as an inducement to the
lender to originate the loan.
The majority of our SBA loans are originated using the 7(a) term loan program. This program typically provides a guaranty of 75% of principal and
interest. In the event of default on the loan, the bank may request that the SBA purchase the guaranteed portion of the loan for an amount equal to outstanding
principal plus accrued interest. In addition, the SBA will share on a pro-rata basis in the costs of collection as well as the proceeds of liquidation.
Alterra is an active participant in the SBA’s Preferred Lender Program (“PLP”). The PLP is part of the SBA's effort to streamline the procedures
necessary to provide financial assistance to the small business community. Under this program, the SBA delegates the final credit decision and most servicing and
liquidation authority and responsibility to carefully selected PLP lenders. We leverage this expertise and capacity centralized at Alterra to package, underwrite,
process, service, and liquidate, if necessary, all SBA loans throughout the Corporation’s other locations. We believe our ability to reduce the processing time to
originate a loan with the SBA creates a competitive advantage in the markets we serve. Since 2012, Alterra has ranked first among all SBA lenders in the Kansas
City SBA district measured by loan volume according to data published by the SBA.
SBA lending is designed to generate new business opportunities for the Banks by meeting the needs of clients whose borrowing needs cannot be met with
conventional loans. We earn income from the note rate of interest, generally a variable rate, and by gathering deposits from and providing other services to these
clients. In addition, our SBA strategy generates significant non-interest income from two primary sources. First, we typically sell the guaranteed portion of the
SBA loans to aggregators who securitize the assets for sale in the secondary market and receive a premium on each loan sold, resulting in the recognition of a gain
in the period of sale. Second, we receive servicing income from the holder of the securitized asset. Whereas past practice has been to sell the guaranteed portion of
every SBA loan, our future practice will be to evaluate a variety of factors before making the decision to sell or retain the guaranteed portion of each SBA loan we
originate.
Treasury Management Services
The Banks provide comprehensive services for commercial clients to manage their cash and liquidity, including lockbox, accounts receivable collection
services, electronic payment solutions, cash vault services, fraud protection, information reporting, reconciliation and data integration solutions. For our clients
involved in international trade, the Banks offer international payment services, foreign exchange and trade letters of credit. The Banks also offer a variety of
deposit accounts and balance optimization solutions. As we continue to seek to diversify our income and increase our non-interest income, we have focused on
increasing sales of these services and have emphasized these offerings with new and existing business clients.
2
Table of Contents
Trust and Investment Services
FBB, through its First Business Trust & Investments (“FBTI”) division, acts as fiduciary and investment manager for individual and corporate clients,
creating and executing asset allocation strategies tailored to each client’s unique situation. FBTI has full fiduciary powers and offers trust, estate, financial planning
and investment services, acting in a trustee or agent capacity as well as Employee Benefit/Retirement Plan services. FBTI also provides brokerage and custody-
only services, for which it administers and safeguards assets, but does not provide investment advice. At December 31, 2015 , FBTI had $1.021 billion of assets
under management and administration.
Competition
The Banks encounter strong competition across all of our lines of business. Such competition includes banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking
companies, credit unions, finance companies, equipment finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage firms and investment banking firms.
Furthermore, credit unions exempt from income taxes operate in the Banks’ markets and aggressively price their products and services to a large portion of the
market. The Banks also compete with regional and national financial institutions, many of which have greater liquidity, higher lending limits, greater access to
capital, more established market recognition and more resources than the Banks. We believe the experience, expertise and responsiveness of our banking
professionals and our focus on fostering long-lasting relationships sets us apart from our competitors.
Employees
At December 31, 2015 , we had 258 employees equating to approximately 242 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees are represented by
a union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement.
Our Subsidiaries
First Business Bank
FBB is a state bank chartered in 1909 in Wisconsin under the name Kingston State Bank. In 1990, FBB relocated its home office to Madison, Wisconsin,
opened a banking facility in University Research Park, and began focusing on providing high-quality banking services to small to medium sized businesses located
in Madison, Wisconsin and the surrounding area. FBB’s business lines include commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, equipment loans and leases and
treasury management services. FBB offers a variety of deposit accounts and personal loans to business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth
individuals. FBB also offers trust and investment services through FBTI, a division of FBB. FBB has four loan production offices in the Northeast Region of
Wisconsin serving Appleton, Oshkosh, Green Bay and Manitowoc and their surrounding areas.
FBB has five wholly-owned subsidiaries:
•
•
•
•
FBCC is an asset-based lending company specializing in providing lines of credit, factored receivable financing and term loans secured by accounts
receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate assets, primarily to manufacturers and wholesale distribution companies located throughout the
country, with a concentration in the Midwest. FBCC was established in 1995 and has sales offices in several states.
FBEF is a commercial equipment finance company offering a full array of finance and leasing options to commercial clients of which the largest
percentage are currently located in Wisconsin. It offers new and replacement equipment loans and leases, debt restructuring, consolidation and sale-
lease-back transactions through its primary banking locations in Wisconsin. FBEF was established in 1998.
Rimrock Road Investment Fund, LLC (“Rimrock”), established in 2009 and formerly known as FBB Real Estate, LLC, is a limited liability company
originally established for the purpose of holding and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired by FBB through foreclosure or other legal
proceedings. In 2014, Rimrock’s purpose was changed to reflect its qualified equity investment in a Madison, Wisconsin community development
project, including the financing and ownership of a property that generates federal new market tax credits.
BOC Investment, LLC (“BOC”), is a limited liability company established for the purpose of capturing federal historic tax credits to reduce the cost
of borrowing for a FBB client engaged in rehabilitating a historic building in Madison, Wisconsin. BOC was established in 2015.
3
Table of Contents
•
First Madison Investment Corp. (“FMIC”) is located in and formed under the laws of the state of Nevada, and was organized for the purpose of
managing a portion of FBB’s investment portfolio. FMIC was established in 1993.
As of December 31, 2015 , FBB had total gross loans and leases of $1.036 billion , total deposits of $1.124 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $128.7
million .
First Business Bank-Milwaukee
FBB-Milwaukee is a state bank chartered in 2000 in Wisconsin. We formed FBB-Milwaukee to focus on commercial banking in the greater Milwaukee
market. Like FBB, FBB-Milwaukee’s business lines include commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and treasury management services for similar sized
businesses as those served by FBB. FBB-Milwaukee offers a variety of deposit accounts and personal loans to business owners, executives, professionals and high
net worth individuals. FBB-Milwaukee also offers trust and investment services through a trust service office agreement with FBB. FBB-Milwaukee has one loan
production office in Kenosha, Wisconsin and one wholly-owned subsidiary, FBB-Milwaukee Real Estate, LLC (“FBBMRE”), which is a limited liability company
established for the purpose of holding and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure or other legal proceedings.
As of December 31, 2015 , FBB-Milwaukee had total gross loans of $144.9 million , total deposits of $236.9 million and total stockholders’ equity of
$19.2 million .
Alterra Bank
Alterra is a state bank chartered in 1847 in Kansas. Previously known as 1st Financial Bank, Alterra was rebranded in April 2010 by new owners who
purchased the bank, hired new management and repositioned the operating model to meet the needs of business clients. The new owners recapitalized the bank,
resolved legacy problem assets, restored profitability and instituted new strategies that led to significant growth in loans and core deposits. We acquired Alterra
through the acquisition of its parent, Aslin Group, Inc., on November 1, 2014 in order to gain scale, achieve product line synergies and expand geographically
through the acquisition of a similarly focused business bank in a thriving Midwestern market. Like FBB and FBB-Milwaukee, Alterra’s business lines include
commercial loans, commercial real estate loans and treasury management services for similar sized businesses as those served by FBB and FBB-Milwaukee.
Alterra offers a variety of deposit accounts and personal loans to business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth individuals. Alterra also offers SBA
financing and residential mortgage loans.
As of December 31, 2015 , Alterra had total gross loans of $253.9 million , total deposits of $262.7 million and total stockholders’ equity of $39.2 million
.
FBFS Statutory Trust II
In September 2008 , we formed FBFS Statutory Trust II (“Trust II”), a Delaware business trust wholly-owned by FBFS. In 2008 , Trust II completed the
sale of $10.0 million of 10.5% fixed rate trust preferred securities. Trust II also issued common securities in the amount of $315,000 to us. Trust II used the
proceeds from the offering to purchase $10.3 million of 10.5% junior subordinated notes issued by us. FBFS has the right to redeem the junior subordinated notes
at each interest payment date on or after September 26, 2013 . The preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity of the junior subordinated
notes on September 26, 2038 . FBFS’s ownership interest in Trust II has not been consolidated into the financial statements.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 401 Charmany Drive, Madison, Wisconsin 53719 and our telephone number is (608) 238-8008. We
maintain an Internet website at www.firstbusiness.com. This Form 10-K and all of our other filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
“Exchange Act”), are available through that website, free of charge, including copies of our proxy statement, annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on
Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, on the date that we electronically file those materials with, or furnish them to, the
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
4
Table of Contents
Our Markets
Although certain of our business lines are marketed throughout the Midwest and beyond, our primary markets lie in Wisconsin, Kansas and Missouri.
Specifically, our three target markets in Wisconsin consist of Madison and Milwaukee, and their surrounding communities, and Northeastern Wisconsin, including
Appleton, Green Bay, Oshkosh and Manitowoc, and their surrounding communities. We serve our target markets in Kansas and Missouri through our Leawood
and Overland Park, Kansas offices which are located in the Kansas City metropolitan statistical area (“MSA”). Each of our primary markets provides a unique set
of economic and demographic characteristics which provide us with a variety of strategic opportunities. A brief description of each of our primary markets is as
follows:
Madison
As the capital of Wisconsin and home of the University of Wisconsin - Madison, our Madison market, specifically Dane County, offers an appealing
economic environment populated by a highly educated workforce. While the economy of the Madison market is driven in large part by the government and
education sectors, there is also a diverse array of industries outside of these segments, including significant concentration of insurance companies and agricultural-
related industries. Madison is also home to a concentration of research and development related companies, which benefit from the area’s strong governmental and
academic ties, as well as the University of Wisconsin Hospital, which provides healthcare services to South Central Wisconsin.
According to preliminary Bureau of Labor Statistics data, as of December 2015 , the unadjusted unemployment rate in the Madison MSA was 3.1%
compared to the national unemployment rate of 5.0% and an unemployment rate in the State of Wisconsin of 4.3% . The unemployment rate in the Madison MSA
improved 0.2% from December 2014 , compared to the improvement in the national and Wisconsin averages, which was 0.6% and 0.9% , respectively over the
same period.
Milwaukee
Our Milwaukee market, the primary commercial and industrial hub for Southeastern Wisconsin, provides a diverse economic base, with both a highly
skilled labor force and significant manufacturing base. The most prominent economic sectors in the Milwaukee market include manufacturing, financial services,
health care, diversified service companies and education. Milwaukee is home to several major hospitals, providing health services to the greater Southeastern
Wisconsin market, several large academic institutions including the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee and Marquette University, and a wide variety of small to
medium sized firms with representatives in nearly every industrial classification.
According to preliminary Bureau of Labor Statistics data, as of December 2015 , the unadjusted unemployment rate in the Milwaukee MSA was 4.5% ,
compared to the national unemployment rate of 5.0% and an unemployment rate in the State of Wisconsin of 4.3% . The unemployment rate in the Milwaukee
MSA improved 0.5% from December 2014 , compared to the improvement in the national and Wisconsin averages, which was 0.6% and 0.9% , respectively, over
the same period.
Northeastern Wisconsin
The cities of Appleton, Green Bay, and Oshkosh, Wisconsin serve as the primary population centers in our Northeast Wisconsin market and provide an
attractive market to a variety of industries, including transportation, utilities, packaging and diversified services, with the most significant economic drivers being
the manufacturing, packaging and paper goods industries.
According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, as of December 2015 , the preliminary unemployment rate in the three major MSAs in this market ranged
from 3.6% to 3.8% , compared to the national unemployment rate of 5.0% and an unemployment rate in the State of Wisconsin of 4.3% . These unemployment
rates improved 0.4% from December 2014 in all three major MSAs in this market, compared to the improvement in the national and Wisconsin averages, which
was 0.6% and 0.9% , respectively, over the same period.
5
Table of Contents
Kansas City
Geographically located in the center of the U.S., the greater Kansas City area enjoys a vibrant and diverse economy. The metropolitan area includes 18
counties and more than 50 communities in Missouri and Kansas, including a vibrant central business district located in Kansas City, Missouri and thriving
communities on both sides of the state line. The area is known for the diversity of its economic base, with major employers in manufacturing and distribution,
architecture and engineering, technology, telecommunications, financial services and bioscience as well as local government and higher education. Kansas City is
consistently one of the fastest growing major job markets in the Midwest, and offers lower costs of living than most major metropolitan areas. The area offers a
thriving environment for entrepreneurship and is consistently ranked as one of the best places to start a business.
According to data published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, as of December 2015 , the preliminary unemployment rate in the Kansas City MSA was
3.8% , compared to the national unemployment rate of 5.0% and an unemployment rate in the State of Kansas of 3.9% . The unemployment rate in the Kansas City
MSA improved 0.8% from December 2014 , compared to the improvement in the national and Kansas averages, which was 0.6% and 0.3% , respectively, over the
same period.
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following contains certain information about the executive officers of FBFS. There are no family relationships between any directors or executive
officers of FBFS.
Corey
A.
Chambas,
age 53 ,
has served as a director of FBFS since July 2002, as Chief Executive Officer since December 2006 and as President since
February 2005. He served as Chief Operating Officer of FBFS from February 2005 to September 2006 and as Executive Vice President from July 2002 to February
2005. He served as Chief Executive Officer of FBB from July 1999 to September 2006 and as President of FBB from July 1999 to February 2005. He also
currently serves as a director of our subsidiaries FBCC and First Madison Investment Corp. Mr. Chambas has over 30 years of commercial banking experience.
Prior to joining FBFS, he was a Vice President of Commercial Lending with M&I Bank, now known as BMO Harris Bank, in Madison, Wisconsin.
Edward
G.
Sloane,
Jr.,
age 55, has served as Chief Financial Officer of FBFS since January 2016. Mr. Sloane also serves as the Chief Financial Officer of
each of the Banks. Mr. Sloane has over 30 years of financial services experience including mergers and acquisitions, strategic planning and financial reporting and
analysis. Prior to joining FBFS Mr. Sloane was Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer with Peoples Bancorp, Inc. in Marietta, Ohio from
2008 to 2015. He also served as Senior Vice President of Strategic Planning & Analysis for WesBanco, Inc. in Wheeling, West Virginia from 2006 to 2008, as
Senior Vice President and Controller from 1998 to 2006 and in various other capacities from 1989 to 1998.
James
F.
Ropella,
age 56, served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of FBFS from September 2000 through January 18, 2016. Mr.
Ropella currently serves as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of FBFS. Mr. Ropella also serves as the Treasurer of each of the Banks. He also currently serves as
a director of our subsidiaries First Madison Investment Corp. and Alterra. Mr. Ropella has over 30 years of experience in finance and accounting, primarily in the
banking industry. Prior to joining FBFS, Mr. Ropella was Treasurer of a consumer products company. Prior to that, he was Treasurer of Firstar Corporation, now
known as U.S. Bancorp. In conjunction with Mr. Sloane’s appointment, Mr. Ropella will continue in his roles as Senior Vice President and Treasurer to facilitate
the transition of the Chief Financial Officer position to Mr. Sloane. In those roles, Mr. Ropella will continue to serve as the company's principal financial officer on
an interim basis. Mr. Ropella and the Company have previously entered into a consulting arrangement, which was disclosed in a Form 8-K filed September 9,
2014.
Michael
J.
Losenegger,
age 58 ,
has served as Chief Credit Officer of FBFS since May 2011. Mr. Losenegger also serves as the Chief Credit Officer of
the Banks. He also currently serves as a director for our subsidiaries FBCC, FBEF and FBB-Milwaukee. Prior to being appointed Chief Credit Officer,
Mr. Losenegger served as FBFS’s Chief Operating Officer since September 2006. Mr. Losenegger joined FBFS in 2003 and has held various positions with FBB,
including Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President of Business Development. Mr. Losenegger has over 25 years of experience
in commercial lending. Prior to joining FBFS, Mr. Losenegger was Senior Vice President of Lending at M&I Bank, now known as BMO Harris Bank, in Madison,
Wisconsin.
Barbara
M.
Conley,
age 62 ,
has served as FBFS’s General Counsel since June 2008 and as Senior Vice President/Corporate Secretary since December
2007. Ms. Conley also serves as General Counsel, Senior Vice President and Corporate Secretary of the Banks. She has also served as a Director of FBCC since
June 2009. Ms. Conley has over 30 years of
6
experience in commercial banking. Directly prior to joining FBFS in 2007, Ms. Conley was a Senior Vice President in Corporate Banking with Associated Bank.
She had been employed at Associated Bank since May 1976.
Jodi
A.
Chandler,
age 51 ,
has served as Senior Vice President-Human Resources & Administration of FBFS since January 2010. Prior to that, she held
the position of Senior Vice President-Human Resources for several years. She has been an employee of FBFS for over 20 years.
Mark
J.
Meloy,
age 54, has served as Chief Executive Officer of FBB since December 2007. Mr. Meloy joined FBFS in 2000 and has held various
positions including Executive Vice President of FBB and President and Chief Executive Officer of FBB-Milwaukee. He currently serves as CEO of FBEF. He also
currently serves as a director of our subsidiaries FBB and FBEF. Mr. Meloy has over 25 years of commercial lending experience. Prior to joining FBFS,
Mr. Meloy was a Vice President and Senior Relationship Manager with Firstar Bank, NA, Cedar Rapids, Iowa and Milwaukee, Wisconsin, now known as
U.S. Bank, working in their financial institutions group with mergers and acquisition financing.
Joan
A.
Burke,
age 64, has served as President of FBB’s Trust Division since September 2001. Ms. Burke has over 30 years of experience in providing
trust services, investment management, mutual fund management and brokerage services. Prior to joining FBFS, Ms. Burke was the President, Chief Executive
Officer and Chairperson of the Board of Johnson Trust Company and certain of its affiliates.
Charles
H.
Batson,
age 62, has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of FBCC since January 2006. He also serves as a director for FBCC.
Mr. Batson has over 30 years of experience in asset-based lending. Directly prior to joining FBCC, Mr. Batson served as Vice President and Business Development
Manager for Wells Fargo Business Credit, Inc. since 1990.
David
J.
Vetta,
age 61, has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of FBB-Milwaukee since January 2007. He also serves as a director for FBB-
Milwaukee. Prior to joining FBB-Milwaukee, Mr. Vetta was Managing Director at JP Morgan Asset Management since 1992 overseeing National Institutional
Investment Sales teams and the Regional Private Client Group, while serving as a member of the executive committee. Mr. Vetta was affiliated with JP Morgan
Chase and its predecessor companies in various other roles from 1976 to 1992.
Pamela
R.
Berneking,
age 56, has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Alterra since April 2010. She also serves as a director for Alterra.
Prior to joining Alterra, Ms. Berneking was Regional President at M&I Bank, now known as BMO Harris Bank, in Kansas City, Missouri since 2006. Prior to her
position with M&I Bank she was employed by Gold Bank in Kansas City Missouri, which was acquired by M&I Bank, since 2001. Ms. Berneking’s final position
at Gold Bank was Regional President, Missouri.
Daniel
S.
Ovokaitys,
age 42 ,
has served as Chief Information Officer since June 2014. Prior to joining FBFS, Mr. Ovokaitys held the position of Head of
Corporate IT (North/South America) for Merz Pharmaceuticals, located in Frankfurt Germany, from 2010 to 2014. He also served as Director of IT for Aurora
Health Care from 2006 to 2010 and Manager of IT for the American Transmission Company from 2000 to 2006.
Below is a brief description of certain laws and regulations that relate to us and the Banks. This narrative does not purport to be complete and is qualified
in its entirety by reference to applicable laws and regulations.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
FDIC-insured institutions, their holding companies and their affiliates are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a result, our growth and
earnings performance may be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of federal and state
statutes and by the regulations and policies of various bank regulatory agencies, including the Division of Banking of the Wisconsin Department of Financial
Institutions (“WDFI”), the Office of the State Bank Commissioner of Kansas (“OSBC”), the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal
Reserve”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (“CFPB”). Furthermore, taxation laws
administered by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities, accounting rules developed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, securities laws
administered by the SEC and state securities authorities, and anti-money laundering laws enforced by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) have an
impact on
7
our business. The effect of these statutes, regulations, regulatory policies and accounting rules are significant to our operations and results, and the nature and
extent of future legislative, regulatory or other changes affecting financial institutions are impossible to predict with any certainty.
Federal and state banking laws impose a comprehensive system of supervision, regulation and enforcement on the operations of financial institutions,
their holding companies and affiliates that is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC-insured deposits and depositors of banks, rather than shareholders.
These federal and state laws, and the regulations of the bank regulatory agencies issued under them, affect, among other things, the scope of business, the kinds and
amounts of investments banks may make, reserve requirements, capital levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment
of branches, the ability to merge, consolidate and acquire, dealings with insiders and affiliates and the payment of dividends. In the last several years, we have
experienced heightened regulatory requirements and scrutiny following the global financial crisis and as a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). Although the reforms primarily targeted systemically important financial service providers, their influence
filtered down in varying degrees to community banks over time, and the reforms have caused our compliance and risk management processes, and the costs
thereof, to increase.
This supervisory and regulatory framework subjects FDIC-insured institutions and their bank holding companies to regular examination by their
respective regulatory agencies, which results in examination reports and ratings that are not publicly available and that can impact the conduct and growth of their
business. These examinations consider not only compliance with applicable laws and regulations, but also capital levels, asset quality and risk, management ability
and performance, earnings, liquidity, and various other factors. The regulatory agencies generally have broad discretion to impose restrictions and limitations on
the operations of a regulated entity where the agencies determine, among other things, that such operations are unsafe or unsound, fail to comply with applicable
law or are otherwise inconsistent with laws and regulations or with the supervisory policies of these agencies.
The following is a summary of the material elements of the supervisory and regulatory framework applicable to us and the Banks, beginning with a
discussion of the continuing regulatory emphasis on our capital levels. It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor
does it restate all of the requirements of those that are described. The descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the particular statutory and
regulatory provision.
Regulatory Emphasis on Capital
Regulatory capital represents the net assets of a banking organization available to absorb losses. Because of the risks attendant to their business, FDIC-
insured institutions are generally required to hold more capital than other businesses, which directly affects our earnings capabilities. While capital has historically
been one of the key measures of the financial health of both bank holding companies and banks, its role became fundamentally more important in the wake of the
global financial crisis, as the banking regulators recognized that the amount and quality of capital held by banks prior to the crisis was insufficient to absorb losses
during periods of severe stress. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III, discussed below, establish strengthened capital standards for banks and
bank holding companies, require more capital to be held in the form of common stock and disallow certain funds from being included in capital
determinations. These standards represent regulatory capital requirements that are meaningfully more stringent than those in place previously.
Minimum Required Capital Levels. Bank holding companies have historically had to comply with less stringent capital standards than their bank
subsidiaries and have been able to raise capital with hybrid instruments such as trust preferred securities. The Dodd-Frank Act mandated the Federal Reserve to
establish minimum capital levels for holding companies on a consolidated basis as stringent as those required for FDIC-insured institutions. As a consequence, the
components of holding company permanent capital known as “Tier 1 Capital” were restricted to those capital instruments that are considered to be Tier 1 Capital
for FDIC-insured institutions. A result of this change is that the proceeds of hybrid instruments, such as trust preferred securities, are being excluded from Tier 1
Capital over a phase-out period. However, if such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets, they
may be retained, subject to certain restrictions. Because we have assets of less than $15 billion, we are able to maintain our trust preferred proceeds as Tier 1
Capital but we have to comply with new capital mandates in other respects and will not be able to raise Tier 1 Capital in the future through the issuance of trust
preferred securities.
The capital standards for us and the Banks changed on January 1, 2015 to add the requirements of Basel III, discussed below. The minimum capital
standards effective prior to and including December 31, 2015 were:
•
•
A leverage requirement, consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total quarterly adjusted average assets of 3% for the most highly-rated banks
with a minimum requirement of at least 4% for all others, and
A risk-based capital requirement, consisting of a minimum ratio of Total Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital
to total risk-weighted assets of 4%.
8
For these purposes, “Tier 1 Capital” consists primarily of common stock, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus less intangible
assets (other than certain loan servicing rights and purchased credit card relationships). Total Capital consists primarily of Tier 1 Capital plus “Tier 2 Capital,”
which includes other non-permanent capital items, such as certain other debt and equity instruments that do not qualify as Tier 1 Capital, and each Bank’s
allowance for loan losses, subject to a limitation of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Further, risk-weighted assets for the purpose of the risk-weighted ratio
calculations are balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet exposures to which required risk weightings are applied.
The Basel International Capital Accords. The risk-based capital guidelines described above are based upon the 1988 capital accord known as “Basel I”
adopted by the international Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by the U.S. federal
banking regulators on an interagency basis. In 2008, the banking agencies collaboratively began to phase-in capital standards based on a second capital accord,
referred to as “Basel II,” for large or “core” international banks (generally defined for U.S. purposes as having total assets of $250 billion or more, or consolidated
foreign exposures of $10 billion or more). On September 12, 2010, the Group of Governors and Heads of Supervision, the oversight body of the Basel Committee
on Banking Supervision, announced agreement on a strengthened set of capital requirements for banking organizations around the world, known as Basel III, to
address deficiencies recognized in connection with the global financial crisis. Because of Dodd-Frank Act requirements, Basel III essentially layers a new set of
capital standards on the previously existing Basel I standards.
The Basel III Rule . In July of 2013, the U.S. federal banking agencies approved the implementation of the Basel III regulatory capital reforms in
pertinent part, and, at the same time, promulgated rules effecting certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Rule”). In contrast to capital
requirements historically, which were in the form of guidelines, Basel III was released in the form of regulations by each of the regulatory agencies. The Basel III
Rule is applicable to all banking organizations that are subject to minimum capital requirements, including federal and state banks and savings and loan
associations, as well as to bank and savings and loan holding companies, other than “small bank holding companies” (generally bank holding companies with
consolidated assets of less than $1 billion).
The Basel III Rule not only increased most of the required minimum capital ratios effective January 1, 2015, but it introduced the concept of Common
Equity Tier 1 Capital, which consists primarily of common stock, related surplus (net of Treasury stock), retained earnings, and Common Equity Tier 1 minority
interests subject to certain regulatory adjustments. The Basel III Rule also expanded the definition of capital by establishing more stringent criteria that instruments
must meet to be considered Additional Tier 1 Capital (Tier 1 Capital in addition to Common Equity) and Tier 2 Capital. A number of instruments that qualified as
Tier 1 Capital do not qualify, or their qualifications will change. For example, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, which qualified as simple Tier 1 Capital,
does not qualify as Common Equity Tier 1 Capital, but qualifies as Additional Tier 1 Capital. The Basel III Rule also constrained the inclusion of minority
interests, mortgage-servicing assets, and deferred tax assets in capital and requires deductions from Common Equity Tier 1 Capital in the event that such assets
exceed a certain percentage of a banking institution’s Common Equity Tier 1 Capital.
The Basel III Rule required minimum capital ratios beginning January 1, 2015, as follows:
•
•
•
•
A new ratio of minimum Common Equity Tier 1 equal to 4.5% of risk-weighted assets;
An increase in the minimum required amount of Tier 1 Capital to 6% of risk-weighted assets;
A continuation of the current minimum required amount of Total Capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) at 8% of risk-weighted assets; and
A minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total quarterly adjusted average assets equal to 4% in all circumstances.
Not only did the capital requirements change but the risk weightings (or their methodologies) for bank assets that are used to determine the capital ratios
changed as well. For nearly every class of assets, the Basel III Rule requires a more complex, detailed and calibrated assessment of credit risk and calculation of
risk weightings.
Banking organizations (except for large, internationally active banking organizations) became subject to the new rules on January 1, 2015. However, there
are separate phase-in/phase-out periods for: (i) the capital conservation buffer; (ii) regulatory capital adjustments and deductions; (iii) nonqualifying capital
instruments; and (iv) changes to the prompt corrective action rules discussed below. The phase-in periods commenced on January 1, 2016 and extend until 2019.
Well-Capitalized Requirements . The ratios described above are minimum standards in order for banking organizations to be considered “adequately
capitalized.” Bank regulatory agencies uniformly encourage banks and bank holding companies to hold more capital and be “well-capitalized” and, to that end,
federal law and regulations provide various incentives for banking organizations to maintain regulatory capital at levels in excess of minimum regulatory
requirements. For example, a banking organization that is well-capitalized may: (i) qualify for exemptions from prior notice or application requirements otherwise
applicable to certain types of activities; (ii) qualify for expedited processing of other required notices or applications; and (iii) accept, roll-over or renew brokered
deposits. Higher capital levels could also be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking organizations. For example,
the Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines contemplate that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate
9
risk, or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities. Further, any banking organization experiencing or
anticipating significant growth would be expected to maintain capital ratios, including tangible capital positions ( i.e.
, Tier 1 Capital less all intangible assets), well
above the minimum levels.
Under the capital regulations of the FDIC and Federal Reserve, in order to be well‑capitalized, a banking organization must maintain:
•
•
•
•
A new Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio to risk-weighted assets of 6.5% or more;
A minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8% (6% under Basel I);
A minimum ratio of Total Capital to total risk-weighted assets of 10% (the same as Basel I); and
A leverage ratio of Tier 1 Capital to total quarterly adjusted average assets of 5% or greater.
It is possible under the Basel III Rule to be well-capitalized while remaining out of compliance with the capital conservation buffer discussed immediately below.
In addition, institutions that seek the freedom to make capital distributions (including for dividends and repurchases of stock) and pay discretionary
bonuses to executive officers without restriction must also maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 attributable to a capital conservation buffer to be phased in
over three years beginning in 2016. The purpose of the conservation buffer is to ensure that banking institutions maintain a buffer of capital that can be used to
absorb losses during periods of financial and economic stress. Factoring in the fully phased-in conservation buffer increases the minimum ratios depicted above to
7% for Common Equity Tier 1, 8.5% for Tier 1 Capital and 10.5% for Total Capital.
As of December 31, 2015: (i) no Bank was subject to a directive from its regulatory agencies to increase capital; and (ii) the Banks were each “well-
capitalized,” as defined by FDIC and Federal Reserve regulations. As of December 31, 2015, FBFS had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve’s
requirements and met the Dodd-Frank Act requirements.
Prompt Corrective Action . An FDIC-insured institution’s capital plays an important role in connection with regulatory enforcement as well. Federal law
provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. This regime
applies to FDIC-insured institutions, not holding companies, and provides escalating powers to bank regulatory agencies as a bank’s capital diminishes. The extent
of the regulators’ powers depends on whether the institution in question is “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or
“critically undercapitalized,” in each case as defined by regulation. Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators’
corrective powers include: (i) requiring the institution to submit a capital restoration plan; (ii) limiting the institution’s asset growth and restricting its activities;
(iii) requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to sell itself; (iv) restricting transactions between the institution
and its affiliates; (v) restricting the interest rate that the institution may pay on deposits; (vi) ordering a new election of directors of the institution; (vii) requiring
that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed; (viii) prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; (ix) requiring the
institution to divest certain subsidiaries; (x) prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and (xi) ultimately, appointing a receiver for the
institution.
FBFS
General. We are a bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”). and are subject to
regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve. We are legally obligated to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to the Banks and
to commit resources to support our Banks in circumstances where we might not otherwise do so. Under the BHCA, we are subject to periodic examination by the
Federal Reserve and are required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports of our operations and such additional information regarding us and the Banks as
the Federal Reserve may require.
Acquisitions, Activities and Change in Control . The primary purpose of a bank holding company is to control and manage banks. The BHCA generally
requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve for any merger involving a bank holding company or any acquisition by a bank holding company of another
bank or bank holding company. Subject to certain conditions (including deposit concentration limits established by the BHCA and the Dodd-Frank Act), the
Federal Reserve may allow us to acquire banks located in any state of the United States. In approving interstate acquisitions, the Federal Reserve is required to give
effect to applicable state law limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its insured depository
institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state depository institutions or their
holding companies) and state laws that require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before being
acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company. Furthermore, in accordance with the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies must be well-capitalized and
well-managed in order to effect interstate mergers or acquisitions. For a discussion of the capital requirements, see “Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
10
The BHCA limits the amount of our investment in any company that is not a bank and our ability to engage in any business other than that of banking,
managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This limitation is subject to a number of exceptions. The principal exception
allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the Federal Reserve prior to November 11,
1999 to be “so closely related to banking . . . as to be a proper incident thereto.” This authority would permit us to engage in a variety of banking-related
businesses, including the ownership and operation of a thrift, or any entity engaged in consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service
bureau (including software development) and mortgage banking and brokerage services. The BHCA does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities
of nonbank subsidiaries of bank holding companies.
Additionally, bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility requirements prescribed by the BHCA and elect to operate as financial holding
companies may engage in, or own shares in companies engaged in, a wider range of nonbanking activities, including securities and insurance underwriting and
sales, merchant banking and any other activity that the Federal Reserve, in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, determines by regulation or order is
financial in nature or incidental to any such financial activity or that the Federal Reserve determines by order to be complementary to any such financial activity
and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. We have not elected to operate as a
financial holding company.
Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or its holding company without
prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. “Control” is conclusively presumed to exist upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the outstanding voting
securities of a bank or bank holding company, but may arise under certain circumstances between 10% and 24.99% ownership.
Capital Requirements. Bank holding companies are required to maintain capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy requirements, as
affected by the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III. For a discussion of capital requirements, see “-Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
Dividend Payments. Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders may be affected by both general corporate law considerations and policies of the
Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies .
As a Wisconsin corporation, we are subject to the limitations of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law,
which prohibit us from paying dividends if such payment would: (i) render us unable to pay our debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or (ii)
result in our assets being less than the sum of our total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any stockholders with
preferential rights superior to those stockholders receiving the dividend. In addition, under the Basel III Rule, institutions that seek the freedom to pay dividends
will have to maintain 2.5% in Common Equity Tier 1 attributable to the capital conservation buffer to be phased in over three years beginning in 2016. See “-
Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the board of directors of a bank holding company should eliminate, defer or significantly
reduce dividends to shareholders if: (i) FBFS’s net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period,
is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with FBFS’s capital needs and overall current and
prospective financial condition; or (iii) FBFS will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. The Federal Reserve
also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound
practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding
companies.
Federal Securities Regulation. Our common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”). Consequently, FBFS is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading and other restrictions and requirements of the SEC under the Exchange
Act.
Corporate Governance . The Dodd-Frank Act addressed many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will
affect most U.S. publicly traded companies. The Dodd-Frank Act has increased stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give
stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and authorizing the SEC to promulgate rules that allow
stockholders to nominate and solicit voters for their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve to
promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to executives of bank holding companies, regardless of whether such companies are publicly traded.
The Banks
General. The Banks are state-chartered banks, the deposit accounts of which are insured by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) to the maximum
extent provided under federal law and FDIC regulations. As Wisconsin-chartered FDIC-insured banks, the Wisconsin Banks are subject to the examination,
supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the WDFI, the chartering authority for Wisconsin banks, and the FDIC, designated by federal law as the
primary federal
11
regulator of insured state banks that, like the Wisconsin Banks, are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“non-member banks”). Alterra is subject to
examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement requirements of the OSBC and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, making the Federal Reserve its
primary federal regulator. The Banks are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which provides a central credit facility primarily for member
institutions.
As of January 1, 2012, FBB had reached total assets of greater than $1 billion, and as a result became subject to further reporting requirements under
FDIC rules, specifically 12 C.F.R. Part 363 (“Annual Independent Audits and Reporting Requirements”). Pursuant to these rules, management prepares a report
that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal
year. FBB is also required to obtain an independent public accountant’s attestation report concerning its internal control structure over financial reporting that
includes the Reports of Condition and Income (a so-called “Call Report”) and/or our FR Y-9C report. In accordance with FDIC rules, we will satisfy these
requirements on behalf of FBB.
Deposit Insurance . As FDIC-insured institutions, the Banks are required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The FDIC has
adopted a risk-based assessment system whereby FDIC-insured institutions pay insurance premiums at rates based on their risk classification. An institution’s risk
classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. For deposit insurance assessment
purposes, an FDIC-insured institution is placed in one of four risk categories each quarter. An institution’s assessment is determined by multiplying its assessment
rate by its assessment base. The total base assessment rates range from 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points. The assessment base is calculated using average
consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. At least semi-annually, the FDIC will update its loss and income projections for the DIF and, if needed,
will increase or decrease the assessment rates, following notice and comment on proposed rulemaking.
Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act revised the assessment base against which an FDIC-insured institution’s deposit insurance premiums
paid to the DIF are calculated to be its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. This change shifted the burden of deposit insurance
premiums toward those large depository institutions that rely on funding sources other than U.S. deposits. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act altered the minimum
designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the
requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to FDIC-insured institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. In lieu of dividends, the FDIC has adopted
progressively lower assessment rate schedules that will take effect when the reserve ratio exceeds 1.15%, 2%, and 2.5%. As a consequence premiums will decrease
once the 1.15% threshold is exceeded. The FDIC has until September 3, 2020 to meet the 1.35% reserve ratio target. Several of these provisions could increase
West Bank’s FDIC deposit insurance premiums.
The Dodd-Frank Act permanently established the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per
insured depositor.
FICO Assessments . In addition to paying basic deposit insurance assessments, FDIC-insured institutions must pay Financing Corporation (“FICO”)
assessments. FICO is a mixed-ownership governmental corporation chartered by the former Federal Home Loan Bank Board pursuant to the Competitive Equality
Banking Act of 1987 to function as a financing vehicle for the recapitalization of the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. FICO issued 30-year
noncallable bonds of approximately $8.1 billion that mature in 2017 through 2019. FICO’s authority to issue bonds ended on December 12, 1991. Since 1996,
federal legislation has required that all FDIC-insured institutions pay assessments to cover interest payments on FICO’s outstanding obligations. The FICO
assessment rate is adjusted quarterly and for the fourth quarter of 2015 was 0.60 basis points (60 cents per $100 dollars of assessable deposits).
Supervisory Assessments . All state-chartered banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the chartering authority to fund their respective
operations. The amount of the assessment is calculated on the basis of total assets. During the year ended December 31, 2015, FBB and FBB - Milwaukee paid
supervisory assessments to the WDFI totaling $55,000 and $11,000 , respectively, and Alterra paid $46,000 to the OSBC.
Capital Requirements. Banks are generally required to maintain capital levels in excess of other businesses. For a discussion of capital requirements, see
“-Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
Liquidity Requirements. Liquidity is a measure of the ability and ease with which bank assets may be converted to cash. Liquid assets are those that can
be converted to cash quickly if needed to meet financial obligations. To remain viable, FDIC-insured institutions must have enough liquid assets to meet their near-
term obligations, such as withdrawals by depositors. Because the global financial crisis was in part a liquidity crisis, Basel III also includes a liquidity framework
that requires FDIC-insured institutions to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests. One test, referred to as the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”), is
designed to ensure that the banking entity has an adequate stock of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets that can be converted easily and immediately in private
markets into cash to meet liquidity needs for a 30-calendar day liquidity stress scenario. The other test, known as the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”), is
designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of FDIC-insured institutions over a one-year horizon. These tests
12
provide an incentive for banks and holding companies to increase their holdings in Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets, increase
the use of long-term debt as a funding source and rely on stable funding like core deposits (in lieu of brokered deposits).
In addition to liquidity guidelines already in place, the U.S. bank regulatory agencies implemented the Basel III LCR in September 2014, which requires
large financial firms to hold levels of liquid assets sufficient to protect against constraints on their funding during times of financial turmoil. While the LCR only
applies to the largest banking organizations in the country, certain elements are expected to filter down to all FDIC-insured institutions. We are reviewing our
liquidity risk management policies in light of the LCR and NSFR.
Stress Testing . A stress test is an analysis or simulation designed to determine the ability of a given FDIC-insured institution to deal with an economic
crisis. In October 2012, U.S. bank regulators unveiled new rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act that require the largest U.S. banks to undergo stress tests twice
per year, once internally and once conducted by the regulators and began recommending portfolio stress testing as a sound risk management practice for
community banks. While stress tests are not officially required for banks with less than $10 billion in assets, they have become part of annual regulatory exams
even for banks small enough to be officially exempted from the process. The FDIC now recommends stress testing as means to identify and quantify loan portfolio
risk and the Banks have begun the process.
Dividend Payments. Under Wisconsin banking law, the Wisconsin Banks generally may not pay dividends in excess of their respective undivided profits,
and if dividends declared and paid in either of the two immediately preceding years exceeded net income for either of those two years respectively, the Wisconsin
Banks may not declare or pay any dividend in the current year that exceeds year-to-date net income. The current dividends of any Kansas-chartered bank must be
paid from undivided profits after deducting losses, to be ascertained by generally accepted accounting principles at the time of making such dividend. The directors
of Alterra may declare dividends from the undivided profits, but before the declaration of any dividend Alterra must transfer 25% of its net profits since the last
preceding dividend to its surplus fund, until the surplus fund equals the total capital stock.
The various bank regulatory agencies have authority to prohibit banks under their jurisdiction from engaging in an unsafe or unsound practice. Under
certain circumstances, the payment of a dividend by any of our Banks could be considered an unsafe or unsound practice. In the event that: (i) the FDIC or the
WDFI or OSBC increase minimum required levels of capital; (ii) the total assets of a Bank increases significantly; (iii) the income of a Bank decreases
significantly; or (iv) any combination of the foregoing occurs, then the board of directors of the Bank may decide or be required by the FDIC or the WDFI or
OSBC to retain a greater portion of that Bank’s earnings, thereby reducing or eliminating dividends.
The payment of dividends by any FDIC-insured institution is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital
adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a financial institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution
would be undercapitalized. In addition, under the Basel III Rule, institutions that seek the freedom to pay dividends will have to maintain 2.5% in Common Equity
Tier 1 attributable to the capital conservation buffer to be phased in over three years beginning in 2016. See “-Regulatory Emphasis on Capital” above.
Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends, the FDIC may prohibit the payment of dividends by the Banks if it determines such payment would
constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
Insider Transactions. The Banks are subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on “covered transactions” between the Banks and its
“affiliates.” We are an affiliate of the Banks for purposes of these restrictions, and covered transactions subject to the restrictions include extensions of credit to us,
investments in our stock or other securities and the acceptance of our stock or other securities as collateral for loans made by the Banks. The Dodd-Frank Act
enhanced the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and an increase in the amount
of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.
Limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by each Bank to its directors and officers, to our directors and officers and
our subsidiaries, to our principal shareholders and to “related interests” of such directors, officers and principal shareholders. In addition, federal law and
regulations may affect the terms upon which any person who is a director or officer of FBFS or the Banks, or a principal shareholder of FBFS, may obtain credit
from banks with which the Banks maintains a correspondent relationship.
Safety and Soundness Standards/Risk Management. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines that establish operational and managerial
standards to promote the safety and soundness of FDIC-insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information
systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and
earnings.
In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each FDIC-insured institution is responsible for
establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, its primary federal
regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving
13
and maintaining compliance. If an FDIC-insured institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a
compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency.
Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the institution’s rate of growth, require the institution to increase its capital,
restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances.
Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal bank
regulatory agencies, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.
During the past decade, the bank regulatory agencies have increasingly emphasized the importance of sound risk management processes and strong
internal controls when evaluating the activities of the FDIC-insured institutions they supervise. Properly managing risks has been identified as critical to the
conduct of safe and sound banking activities and has become even more important as new technologies, product innovation, and the size and speed of financial
transactions have changed the nature of banking markets. The agencies have identified a spectrum of risks facing a banking institution including, but not limited to,
credit, market, liquidity, operational, legal, and reputational risk. In particular, recent regulatory pronouncements have focused on operational risk, which arises
from the potential that inadequate information systems, operational problems, breaches in internal controls, fraud, or unforeseen catastrophes will result in
unexpected losses. New products and services, third-party risk management and cybersecurity are critical sources of operational risk that financial institutions are
expected to address in the current environment. The Banks are expected to have active board and senior management oversight; adequate policies, procedures, and
limits; adequate risk measurement, monitoring, and management information systems; and comprehensive internal controls.
Branching Authority . The Banks have the authority under Wisconsin and Kansas laws to establish branches anywhere in their home state, subject to
receipt of all required regulatory approvals. Federal law permits state and national banks to merge with banks in other states subject to: (i) regulatory approval; (ii)
federal and state deposit concentration limits; and (iii) state law limitations requiring the merging banks to have been in existence for a minimum period of time
(not to exceed five years) prior to the merger. The establishment of new interstate branches or the acquisition of individual branches of a bank in another state
(rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) has historically been permitted only in those states the laws of which expressly authorize such
expansion. However, the Dodd-Frank Act permits well-capitalized and well-managed banks to establish new branches across state lines without these
impediments.
Transaction Account Reserves. Federal Reserve regulations require FDIC-insured depository institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction
accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). For 2016: the first $15.2 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempt from reserves and have a
zero percent reserve requirement; for transaction accounts aggregating more than $15.2 million to $110.2 million, the reserve requirement is 3% of total transaction
accounts; and for net transaction accounts in excess of $110.2 million, the reserve requirement is 3% up to $110.2 million plus 10% of the aggregate amount of
total transaction accounts in excess of $110.2 million. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Wisconsin Banks are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago and Alterra is a member of the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Topeka (collectively, the “FHLB”), which serve as central credit facilities for their members. The FHLB is funded primarily from
proceeds from the sale of obligations of the FHLB system. They make loans to member banks in the form of FHLB advances. All advances from the FHLB are
required to be fully collateralized as determined by the FHLB.
Community Reinvestment Act Requirements. The Community Reinvestment Act requires each Bank to have a continuing and affirmative obligation in a
safe and sound manner to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. Federal regulators regularly
assess each Bank’s record of meeting the credit needs of its communities. Applications for additional acquisitions would be affected by the evaluation of the
Banks’ effectiveness in meeting its Community Reinvestment Act requirements.
Anti-Money Laundering. The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of
2001 (the “Patriot Act”) is designed to deny terrorists and criminals the ability to obtain access to the U.S. financial system and has significant implications for
FDIC-insured institutions, brokers, dealers and other businesses involved in the transfer of money. The Patriot Act mandates financial services companies to have
policies and procedures with respect to measures designed to address any or all of the following matters: (i) customer identification programs; (ii) money
laundering; (iii) terrorist financing; (iv) identifying and reporting suspicious activities and currency transactions; (v) currency crimes; and (vi) cooperation between
institutions and law enforcement authorities.
Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate. Concentration risk exists when FDIC-insured institutions deploy too many assets to any one industry or
segment. A concentration in commercial real estate is one example of regulatory concern. The interagency Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending,
Sound Risk Management Practices guidance (“CRE
14
Guidance”) provides supervisory criteria, including the following numerical indicators, to assist bank examiners in identifying banks with potentially significant
commercial real estate loan concentrations that may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny: (i) commercial real estate loans exceeding 300% of capital and increasing
50% or more in the preceding three years; or (ii) construction and land development loans exceeding 100% of capital. The CRE Guidance does not limit banks’
levels of commercial real estate lending activities, but rather guides institutions in developing risk management practices and levels of capital that are
commensurate with the level and nature of their commercial real estate concentrations. On December 18, 2015, the federal banking agencies issued a statement to
reinforce prudent risk-management practices related to CRE lending, having observed substantial growth in many CRE asset and lending markets, increased
competitive pressures, rising CRE concentrations in banks, and an easing of CRE underwriting standards. The federal bank agencies reminded FDIC-insured
institutions to maintain underwriting discipline and exercise prudent risk-management practices to identify, measure, monitor, and manage the risks arising from
CRE lending. In addition, FDIC-insured institutions must maintain capital commensurate with the level and nature of their CRE concentration risk. We do not
expect the CRE Guidance to adversely affect our operations or our ability to execute our growth strategy.
Consumer Financial Services. The historical structure of federal consumer protection regulation applicable to all providers of consumer financial
products and services changed significantly on July 21, 2011, when the CFPB commenced operations to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The
CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all providers of consumer products and services, including the
Banks, as well as the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over providers
with more than $10 billion in assets. FDIC-insured institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, like the Banks, continue to be examined by their applicable bank
regulators.
Because abuses in connection with residential mortgages were a significant factor contributing to the global financial crisis, many new rules issued by the
CFPB and required by the Dodd-Frank Act address mortgage and mortgage-related products, their underwriting, origination, servicing and sales. The Dodd-Frank
Act significantly expanded underwriting requirements applicable to loans secured by 1-4 family residential real property and augmented federal law combating
predatory lending practices. In addition to numerous disclosure requirements, the Dodd‑Frank Act imposed new standards for mortgage loan originations on all
lenders, including all FDIC-insured institutions, in an effort to strongly encourage lenders to verify a borrower’s “ability to repay,” while also establishing a
presumption of compliance for certain “qualified mortgages.” In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act generally required lenders or securitizers to retain an economic
interest in the credit risk relating to loans that the lender sells, and other asset‑backed securities that the securitizer issues, if the loans have not complied with the
ability-to-repay standards. Due to our limited consumer mortgage portfolio, we do not currently expect these provisions to have a significant impact on our
operations; however, additional compliance resources will be needed to monitor changes.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
You should carefully read and consider the following risks and uncertainties. We may encounter risks in addition to those described below, including
risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or those we currently deem to be immaterial. The risks described below, as well as such additional risks and
uncertainties, may impair or materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Business
If we do not effectively manage our credit risk, we may experience increased levels of delinquencies, non-performing loans, and charge-offs, which
would require increases in our provision for loan and lease losses.
There are risks inherent in making any loan or lease, including risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, risks of nonpayment, risks resulting
from uncertainties as to the future value of collateral and cash flows available to service debt and risks resulting from changes in economic and market conditions.
We cannot assure you that our credit risk approval and monitoring procedures will identify all of these credit risks, and they cannot be expected to completely
eliminate our credit risks. If the overall economic climate in the United States, generally, or our markets, specifically, deteriorates, our borrowers may experience
difficulties in repaying their loans and leases, and the level of non-performing loans and leases, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require increases in
the provision for loan and lease losses, which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.
We establish our allowance for loan and lease losses and maintain it at a level considered appropriate by management based on an analysis of our
portfolio and market environment. The allowance for loan and lease losses represents our estimate
15
Table of Contents
of probable losses inherent in the portfolio at each balance sheet date and is based upon relevant information available to us. The allowance contains provisions for
probable losses that have been identified relating to specific relationships, as well as probable losses inherent in our loan and lease portfolio that are not specifically
identified. Additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses, which are charged to earnings through the provision for loan and lease losses, are determined based
on a variety of factors, including an analysis of our loan and lease portfolio by segment, historical loss experience and an evaluation of current economic conditions
in our markets. The actual amount of loan and lease losses is affected by changes in economic, operating and other conditions within our markets, which may be
beyond our control, and such losses may exceed current estimates.
At December 31, 2015 , our allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans and leases was 1.14% and as a percentage of total non-
performing loans and leases was 73.17% . Although management believes the allowance for loan and lease losses is appropriate, we may be required to take
additional provisions for losses in the future to further supplement the allowance, either due to management’s decision, based on credit conditions, or requirements
by our banking regulators. In addition, bank regulatory agencies will periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses and the value attributed to non-
performing loans and leases or to properties acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to adjust our determination of the value for
these items. Any significant increases to the allowance for loan and lease losses may materially decrease our net income, which may adversely affect our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
A significant portion of our loan and lease portfolio is comprised of commercial real estate loans, which involve risks specific to real estate values and
the real estate markets in general.
At December 31, 2015 we had $905.5 million of commercial real estate loans, which represented 63.1% of our total loan and lease portfolio. Because
payments on such loans are often dependent on the successful operation or development of the property or business involved, repayment of such loans is often
more sensitive than other types of loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general economy, which are outside the borrower’s control. In the
event that the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan could be negatively impacted. The deterioration of one or a few of
these loans could cause a material increase in our level of non-performing loans, which would result in a loss of revenue from these loans and could result in an
increase in the provision for loan and lease losses and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our net income.
Additionally, many of these loans have real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The market value of real estate can fluctuate significantly in a
short period of time as a result of economic conditions. Adverse developments affecting real estate values in one or more of our markets could impact collateral
coverage associated with the commercial real estate segment of our portfolio, possibly leading to increased specific reserves or charge-offs, which may adversely
affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Real estate construction and land development loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. These
estimates may be inaccurate, and we may be exposed to significant losses on loans for these projects.
Real estate construction and land development loans, a subset of commercial real estate loans, comprised approximately 11.2% of our gross loan and lease
portfolio as of December 31, 2015 . Such lending involves additional risks as these loans are underwritten using the as-completed value of the project, which is
uncertain prior to its completion, and costs may exceed realizable values in declining real estate markets. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating
construction costs and the realizable market value of the completed project, it can be relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a
project and the related loan-to-value ratio. As a result, construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on
the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal
and interest. If the appraisal of the completed project’s value proves to be overstated or market values decline, we may have inadequate security for the repayment
of the loan upon completion of construction of the project. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to or at completion due to a default, we may not be able
to recover all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan and may incur related foreclosure and holding costs. In addition, we may be required to
fund additional amounts to complete the project and may have to hold the property for an unspecified period of time while we attempt to dispose of it.
A large portion of our loan and lease portfolio is comprised of commercial loans secured by various business assets, the deterioration in value of
which could increase our exposure to future probable losses.
At December 31, 2015 , approximately 33.0% , or $473.6 million , of our loan and lease portfolio was comprised of commercial loans to businesses
collateralized by general business assets including accounts receivable, inventory, and equipment. Our commercial loans are typically larger in amount than loans
to individual consumers and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on an individual loan basis. Additionally, asset-based borrowers are usually highly
leveraged and/or
16
Table of Contents
have inconsistent historical earnings. Significant adverse changes in various industries could cause rapid declines in values and collectability associated with those
business assets resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose us to future losses. An increase in specific reserves and charge-offs may adversely
affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Non-performing assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, and could result in
further losses in the future.
At December 31, 2015 , our non-performing loans totaled $22.3 million , or 1.55% of our gross loan and lease portfolio, and our non-performing assets
(which include non-performing loans and foreclosed properties) totaled $24.0 million , or 1.34% of total assets.
Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or foreclosed
properties, thereby adversely affecting our net income and returns on assets and equity, increasing our loan administration costs and adversely affecting our
efficiency ratio. When we take collateral in foreclosure and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the collateral to its then net realizable value, less
estimated selling costs, which may result in a loss. These non-performing loans and foreclosed properties also increase our risk profile and the capital our
regulators believe is appropriate in light of such risks. The resolution of non-performing assets requires significant time commitments from management and can
be detrimental to the performance of their other responsibilities. If we experience increases in non-performing loans and non-performing assets, our net interest
income may be negatively impacted and our loan administration costs could increase, each of which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
SBA lending is a significant part of our strategic business plan. Our SBA lending program is dependent upon the availability of SBA loan programs,
which are approved and funded by congressional action. We have other specific risks associated with originating SBA loans.
Our SBA lending program is dependent upon the availability of various SBA programs, and we have other risks associated with programs that are
administered and funded by the federal government. As a SBA Preferred Lender, we enable our clients to obtain SBA loans without being subject to the potentially
lengthy SBA approval process necessary for lenders that are not SBA Preferred Lenders. The SBA periodically reviews the lending operations of participating
lenders to assess, among other things, whether the lender exhibits prudent risk management. When weaknesses are identified, the SBA may request corrective
actions or impose other restrictions, including revocation of the lender’s Preferred Lender status. If we lose our status as a Preferred Lender, we may lose our
ability to compete effectively with other SBA Preferred Lenders, and as a result we would experience a material adverse effect to our financial results. Any
changes to the SBA program, including changes to the level of guarantee provided by the federal government on SBA loans or changes to the level of funds
appropriated by the federal government to the various SBA programs, may also have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
Historically we have sold the guaranteed portion of our SBA 7(a) loans in the secondary market. These sales have resulted in our earning premium
income and/or have created a stream of future servicing income. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue originating these loans, that a
secondary market will exist or that we will continue to realize premiums upon the sale of the guaranteed portion of these loans. When we sell the guaranteed
portion of our SBA 7(a) loans, we incur credit risk on the retained, non-guaranteed portion of the loans. In the event of liquidation, we share pro-rata with the SBA
in any recoveries. If the SBA establishes that a loss on an SBA guaranteed loan is attributable to significant technical deficiencies in the manner in which the loan
was originated, funded or serviced by us, the SBA may seek recovery of the principal loss related to the deficiency from us, which could adversely affect our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business may be adversely affected by conditions in the financial markets and economic conditions generally.
Our operations and profitability are impacted by general business and economic conditions in the United States and, to some extent, abroad. These
conditions include short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, political issues, legislative and regulatory changes, fluctuations in both debt and
equity markets, broad trends in industry and finance, the strength of the United States economy, and uncertainty in financial markets globally, all of which are
beyond our control. A deterioration in economic conditions could result in an increase in loan delinquencies and non-performing assets, decreases in loan collateral
values, and a decrease in demand for our products and services, among other things, any of which could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
17
Table of Contents
Our business is concentrated in and largely dependent upon the continued growth and welfare of the general geographical markets in which we
operate.
Our operations are heavily concentrated in the South Central region of Wisconsin and to a lesser extent the Southeastern and Northeastern regions of
Wisconsin and the greater Kansas City area and, as a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows are significantly impacted by changes in
the economic conditions in those areas. Our success depends to a significant extent upon the business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate
activity in these markets. Although our clients’ business and financial interests may extend well beyond these markets, adverse economic conditions that affect
these markets could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our clients to repay their loans to us, affect the value of collateral underlying loans and generally
affect our financial condition and results of operations. Because of our geographic concentration, we are less able than other regional or national financial
institutions to diversify our credit risks across multiple markets. Although, in general, the economy and real estate market we operate in were not affected as
severely as some other areas of the United States during the challenging economic environment of recent years, they are not immune to challenging economic
conditions that affect the United States and world economies.
Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively affected if we fail to effectively execute our strategic plan or manage the growth
called for in our strategic plan.
Our strategic plan currently calls for, among other things, maintaining strong asset quality while we continue to grow loans and generate in-market
deposits to improve our net interest margin and increasing fee income. Our ability to increase profitability in accordance with this plan will depend on a variety of
factors including the identification of desirable business opportunities, competitive responses from financial institutions in our markets and our ability to manage
liquidity and funding sources. While we believe we have the management resources and internal systems in place to successfully execute our strategic plan, we
cannot guarantee that opportunities will be available and that the strategic plan will be successful or effectively executed.
Although we do not have any current definitive plans to do so, in implementing our strategic plan we may expand into additional communities or attempt
to strengthen our position in our current markets through opportunistic acquisitions of similar or complementary financial services organizations. To the extent that
we open new offices or undertake acquisitions, we may experience the effects of higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations,
which may have an adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Other effects of engaging in such growth strategies may include
potential diversion of our management’s time and attention and general disruption to our business.
To the extent that we grow through new locations we cannot ensure that we will be able to adequately and profitably manage this growth. Acquiring other
banks and businesses will involve similar risks to those commonly associated with branching, but may also involve additional risks, including potential exposure to
unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire and exposure to potential asset quality issues of the acquired bank or related business.
Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important
function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these
objectives are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments to the discount rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits.
These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits.
Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.
The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and
are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.
We operate in a highly regulated industry and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation
and accounting principles, or changes in them, or our failure to comply with them, may adversely affect us.
We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that govern almost all aspects of our operations. Intended to protect clients, these laws and
regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on our business activities, limit the dividends or distributions that
we can pay, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our
18
Table of Contents
debt and impose certain specific accounting requirements that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our
capital than generally accepted accounting principles. Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly and changes to laws and regulations often
impose additional compliance costs. Further, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure was inadvertent or reflects a difference in
interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Recent legislative and regulatory reforms applicable to the financial services industry may have a significant impact on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
The laws, regulations, rules, policies and regulatory interpretations governing us are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time as
Congress and various regulatory agencies react to adverse economic conditions or other matters. The global financial crisis of 2008-2009 served as a catalyst for a
number of significant changes in the financial services industry, including the Dodd-Frank Act, which reformed the regulation of financial institutions in a
comprehensive manner, and the Basel III regulatory capital reforms, which increase both the amount and quality of capital that financial institutions must hold.
The Dodd-Frank Act, together with the regulations developed and to be developed thereunder, affects large and small financial institutions alike,
including several provisions that impact how community banks, thrifts and small bank and thrift holding companies will operate in the future. Among other things,
the Dodd-Frank Act changes the base for FDIC insurance assessments to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, rather than its
deposit base, permanently raises the current standard deposit insurance limit to $250,000, and expands the FDIC’s authority to raise the premiums we pay for
deposit insurance. The legislation allows financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts, contains provisions on mortgage-related matters (such
as steering incentives, determinations as to a borrower’s ability to repay and prepayment penalties) and establishes the CFPB as an independent entity within the
Federal Reserve. This entity has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit
products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards. Moreover, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that affect corporate governance and
executive compensation at all publicly traded companies.
In addition, in July 2013, the U.S. federal banking authorities approved the implementation of the Basel III Rule. The Basel III Rule is applicable to all
U.S. banks that are subject to minimum capital requirements as well as to bank and saving and loan holding companies, other than “small bank holding companies”
(generally bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $1 billion). The Basel III Rule became effective on January 1, 2015 with a phase-in period
through January 1, 2019 for many of the changes.
The Basel III Rule not only increased most of the required minimum regulatory capital ratios, it introduced a new Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio
and the concept of a capital conservation buffer. The Basel III Rule also expanded the current definition of capital by establishing additional criteria that capital
instruments must meet to be considered Additional Tier 1 Capital (i.e., Tier 1 Capital in addition to Common Equity) and Tier 2 Capital. A number of instruments
that qualified as Tier 1 Capital will not qualify or their qualifications will change when the Basel III Rule is fully implemented. However, the Basel III Rule
permits banking organizations with less than $15 billion in assets to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment for accumulated other
comprehensive income, which currently does not affect regulatory capital. The Basel III Rule has maintained the general structure of the current prompt corrective
action thresholds while incorporating the increased requirements, including the Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio. In order to be a “well-capitalized” depository
institution under the new regime, an institution must maintain a Common Equity Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6.5% or more, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 8% or more, a Total
Capital ratio of 10% or more, and a leverage ratio of 5% or more. Institutions must also maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of Common Equity Tier 1
Capital.
Although we believe we are currently in compliance with the Basel III Rule, the implementation of additional provisions to be phased-in over next several
years, as well as any other aspects of current or proposed regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable to the financial industry, will impact the profitability
of our business activities and may change certain of our business practices, including the ability to offer new products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make
loans, and achieve satisfactory interest spreads, and could expose us to additional costs, including increased compliance costs. These changes also may require us
to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes to operations in order to comply, and could therefore also materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our management has been actively reviewing and monitoring the implementation of
these additional provisions and assessing the probable impact on our operations. However, although we believe we are currently in compliance with these
provisions, the ultimate effect of these changes on the financial services industry in general, and us in particular, is uncertain at this time.
19
Table of Contents
We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.
The Bank Secrecy Act, the Patriot Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective
anti-money laundering programs and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The Financial Crimes Enforcement Network,
established by Treasury to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has
recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement
Administration and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Financial Crimes Enforcement
Network. Federal and state bank regulators also focus on compliance with Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering regulations.
If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we have already
acquired or may acquire in the future are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay
dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan which would adversely affect our business, results
of operations and financial condition. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have
serious reputational consequences for us.
We are periodically subject to examination and scrutiny by a number of banking agencies and, depending upon the findings and determinations of
these agencies, we may be required to make adjustments to our business that could adversely affect us.
Federal and state banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with applicable laws and regulations. If, as a
result of an examination, a federal banking agency was to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, asset concentration, earnings
prospects, management, liquidity, sensitivity to market risk or other aspects of any of our operations has become unsatisfactory, or that we or our management is in
violation of any law or regulation, it could take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or
unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be
judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to change the asset composition of our portfolio or balance sheet, to assess civil
monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an
imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance. If we become subject to such regulatory actions, our business, results of operations and
financial condition may be adversely affected.
Liquidity risks could affect operations and jeopardize our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our ability to implement our business strategy will depend on our liquidity and ability to obtain funding for loan originations, working capital and other
general purposes. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our
liquidity. Our preferred source of funds consists of client deposits, which we supplement with other sources such as wholesale deposits made up of brokered
deposits and deposits gathered through internet listing services. Such account and deposit balances can decrease when clients perceive alternative investments as
providing a better risk/return profile. If clients move money out of bank deposits and into other investments, we may increase our utilization of wholesale deposits,
FHLB advances and other wholesale funding sources necessary to fund desired growth levels. Because these funds generally are more sensitive to interest rate
changes than our targeted in-market deposits, they are more likely to move to the highest rate available. In addition, the use of brokered deposits without regulatory
approval is limited to banks that are “well capitalized” according to regulation. If the Banks are unable to maintain their capital levels at “well capitalized”
minimums, we could lose a significant source of funding, which would force us to utilize different wholesale funding or potentially sell assets at a time when
pricing may be unfavorable, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.
Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities or on terms that are acceptable to us could be impaired by factors
that affect us directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about
the prospects for the financial services industry. Regional and community banks generally have less access to the capital markets than do national and super-
regional banks because of their smaller size and limited analyst coverage. During periods of economic turmoil or decline, the financial services industry and the
credit markets generally may be materially and adversely affected by declines in asset values and by diminished liquidity. Under such circumstances the liquidity
issues are often particularly acute for regional and community banks, as larger financial institutions may curtail their lending to regional and community banks to
reduce their exposure to the
20
Table of Contents
risks of other banks. Correspondent lenders may also reduce or even eliminate federal funds lines for their correspondent clients in difficult economic times.
As a result, we rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and investment
securities, respectively, to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our operations. Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to
originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, pay dividends to our shareholders or fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit
withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We rely on our management, and the loss of one or more of those managers may harm our business.
Our success has been and will be greatly influenced by our continuing ability to retain the services of our existing senior management and, if we expand,
to attract and retain additional qualified senior and middle management. The unexpected loss of key management personnel or the inability to recruit and retain
qualified personnel in the future could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results. In addition, our failure to develop and/or maintain an effective
succession plan will impede our ability to quickly and effectively react to unexpected loss of key management and in turn may have an adverse affect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Interest rate shifts may reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Shifts in short-term interest rates may reduce net interest income, which is the principal component of our earnings. Net interest income is the difference
between the amounts received by us on our interest-earning assets and the interest paid by us on our interest-bearing liabilities. In certain scenarios, when interest
rates rise, the rate of interest we pay on our liabilities may rise more quickly than the rate of interest that we receive on our interest-bearing assets, which could
cause our profits to decrease. However, the structure of our balance sheet and resultant sensitivity to interest rates in various scenarios may change in the future.
Additionally, interest rate increases often result in larger payment requirements for our borrowers, which increases the potential for default. At the same
time, the marketability of underlying collateral may be adversely affected by any reduced demand resulting from higher interest rates. In a declining interest rate
environment, there may be an increase in prepayments on certain loans as borrowers refinance at lower rates.
Changes in interest rates also can affect the value of loans. An increase in interest rates that adversely affects the ability of borrowers to pay the principal
or interest on loans may lead to an increase in nonperforming assets and a reduction of income recognized, which could have a material adverse effect on our
results of operations and cash flows. Further, when we place a loan on non-accrual status, we reverse any accrued but unpaid interest receivable, which decreases
interest income. Subsequently, we continue to have a cost to fund the loan, which is reflected as interest expense, without any interest income to offset the
associated funding expense. Thus, an increase in the amount of non-performing assets would have an adverse impact on net interest income.
Rising interest rates may also result in a decline in value of our fixed-rate debt securities. The unrealized losses resulting from holding these securities
would be recognized in other comprehensive income and reduce total stockholders’ equity. If debt securities in an unrealized loss position are sold, such losses
become realized and will reduce our regulatory capital ratios.
The risk of net interest margin compression is typically heightened during prolonged periods of low short-term interest rates, such as that which the
financial service industry has been experiencing in recent years and is expected to continue to face in the near future. This may have a material adverse affect on
our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We could recognize impairment losses on securities held in our securities portfolio, goodwill or other long-lived assets.
As of December 31, 2015 , the fair value of our securities portfolio was approximately $178.1 million . Factors beyond our control can significantly
influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. For example, fixed-rate securities
acquired by us are generally subject to decreases in market value when interest rates rise. Additional factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency
downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or individual mortgagors with respect to the underlying securities, and instability in the credit markets. Any of
the foregoing factors could cause other-than-temporary impairment in future periods and result in realized losses. The
21
Table of Contents
process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the
issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security.
Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting interest rates, the financial condition of issuers of the securities and the performance of the
underlying collateral, we may recognize realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have an adverse affect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
As of December 31, 2015, the Corporation had goodwill of $10.7 million. Goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests on at least
an annual basis, and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its
carrying amount. A decline in our stock price or occurrence of a triggering event could, under certain circumstances, result in an impairment charge being
recorded. During 2015, the annual impairment test conducted in July indicated that the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying value
(including goodwill). In the event that we conclude that all or a portion of our goodwill may be impaired, a non-cash charge for the amount of such impairment
would be recorded to earnings. Such a charge would have no impact on tangible capital.
The Company is a bank holding company and its sources of funds necessary to meet its obligations are limited.
The Company is a bank holding company, and its operations are primarily conducted by the Banks, which are subject to significant federal and state
regulation. Cash available to pay dividends to our shareholders, pay our obligations and meet our debt service requirements is derived primarily from our existing
cash flow sources, our third party line of credit, dividends received from the Banks, or a combination thereof. Future dividend payments by the Banks to us will
require generation of future earnings by the Banks and are subject to certain regulatory guidelines. If the Banks are unable to pay dividends to us, we may not have
the resources or cash flow to pay or meet all of our obligations.
Competition from other financial institutions could adversely affect our profitability.
We encounter heavy competition in attracting commercial loan, equipment finance and deposit clients as well as trust and investment clients. We believe
the principal factors that are used to attract quality clients and distinguish one financial institution from another include value-added relationships, interest rates and
rates of return, types of accounts, service fees, flexibility and quality of service.
Our competition includes banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies, credit unions, finance companies, equipment finance companies,
mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage firms and investment banking firms. We also compete with regional and national financial institutions that have a
substantial presence in our market areas, many of which have greater liquidity, higher lending limits, greater access to capital, more established market recognition
and more resources and collective experience than we do. In addition, some larger financial institutions that have not historically competed with us directly have
substantial excess liquidity and have sought, and may continue to seek, smaller lending relationships in our target markets. Furthermore, tax-exempt credit unions
operate in most of our market areas and aggressively price their products and services to a large portion of the market. Finally, technology has also lowered the
barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services we have traditionally offered, such as automatic funds transfer and automatic
payment systems. Our profitability depends, in part, upon our ability to successfully maintain and increase market share.
We may be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions.
Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different
industries and counterparties and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and
dealers, investment banks, and other institutional clients. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client.
Any such losses could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to us.
Our risk management framework seeks to mitigate risk and loss to us. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure,
monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including liquidity risk, credit risk, market risk, interest rate risk, operational risk,
compensation risk, legal and compliance risk, and reputational risk, among others. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent
limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. Our ability
to successfully identify and manage risks facing us is an important factor that can significantly impact our results. If our risk
22
Table of Contents
management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial
condition.
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, clients or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.
Employee errors and employee and client misconduct, including the improper disclosure or use of client information, could subject us to financial losses
or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or
unauthorized activities on behalf of our clients or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct,
and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors or misconduct could also subject us to financial
claims for negligence.
We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate our operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors
and client or employee fraud. If our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance
limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If we are unable to keep pace with technological advances in our industry, our ability to attract and retain clients could be adversely affected.
The banking industry is constantly subject to technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In
addition to better serving clients, the effective use of technology increases our efficiency and enables us to reduce costs. Our future success will depend in part on
our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience as well as
create additional efficiencies in our operations. A number of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements, as well
as significant economies of scale. There can be no assurance that we will be able to implement and offer new technology-driven products and services to our
clients. If we fail to do so, our ability to attract and retain clients may be adversely affected.
Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security and cyber-attacks, all if which could have a material adverse effect on
our business.
The Corporation relies heavily on internal and outsourced technologies, communications, and information systems to conduct its business. Additionally,
in the normal course of business, the Corporation collects, processes and retains sensitive and confidential information regarding our customers. As our reliance on
technology has increased, so have the potential risks of a technology-related operation interruption (such as disruptions in our customer relationship management,
general ledger, deposit, loan, or other systems) or the occurrence of a cyber-attack (such as unauthorized access to our systems). These risks have increased for all
financial institutions as new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other
business transactions have increased, and the sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists and others have increased. In
addition to cyber-attacks or other security breaches involving the theft of sensitive and confidential information, hackers recently have engaged in attacks against
large financial institutions, particularly denial of service attacks, which are designed to disrupt key business services, such as customer-facing web sites. We are not
able to anticipate or implement effective preventive measures against all security breaches of these types, especially because the techniques used change frequently
and because attacks can originate from a wide variety of sources. However, applying guidance from the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council
(“FFIEC”), the Corporation has analyzed and will continue to analyze security related to device specific considerations, user access topics, transaction-processing
and network integrity.
We rely on our advisors and employees to comply with our policies and procedures to safeguard confidential data. The failure of our advisors and
employees to comply with such policies and procedures could result in the loss or wrongful use of their clients’ confidential information or other sensitive
information. In addition, even if we and our advisors comply with our policies and procedures, persons who circumvent security measures could wrongfully use
our confidential information or clients’ confidential information or cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations.
The Corporation also faces risks related to cyber-attacks and other security breaches in connection with credit card and debit card transactions that
typically involve the transmission of sensitive information regarding our customers through various third parties, including merchant acquiring banks, payment
processors, payment card networks and its processors. Some of these parties have in the past been the target of security breaches and cyber-attacks, and because the
transactions involve third parties
23
Table of Contents
and environments such as the point of sale that the Corporation does not control or secure, future security breaches or cyber-attacks affecting any of these third
parties could impact us through no fault of its own, and in some cases it may have exposure and suffer losses for breaches or attacks relating to them. Further
cyber-attacks or other breaches in the future, whether affecting us or others, could intensify consumer concern and regulatory focus and result in reduced use of
payment cards and increased costs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent we are involved in any future cyber-attacks or
other breaches, our reputation could be affected, which could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are dependent upon third parties for certain information system, data management and processing services and to provide key components of our
business infrastructure.
We outsource certain information system, data management and processing functions to third-party providers. These third-party service providers are
sources of operational and informational security risk to us, including risks associated with operational errors, information system interruptions or breaches, and
unauthorized disclosures of sensitive or confidential client or customer information. If third-party service providers encounter any of these issues, or if we have
difficulty exchanging information with them, we could be exposed to disruption of operations, loss of service or connectivity to customers, reputational damage,
and litigation risk that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Third-party vendors provide key components of our business infrastructure such as internet connections, network access and core application processing.
While we have selected these third-party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of
their not providing us their services for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to
our customers and otherwise to conduct our business. Replacing these third party vendors could also entail significant delay and expense.
Our business continuity plans could prove to be inadequate, resulting in a material interruption in or disruption to, our business and a negative
impact on our results of operations.
We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business, and our operations are dependent on our ability to protect our
systems against damage from fire, power loss or telecommunication failure. The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to
unforeseen problems. These problems may arise in both our internally developed systems and the systems of our third-party service providers. Any failure or
interruption of these systems, whether due to severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism, criminal activity or other factors, could result in failures or
disruptions in general ledger, deposit, loan, client relationship management and other systems. While we have a business continuity plan and other policies and
procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of a failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such
failures or interruptions will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures or interruptions of our
information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of clients, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible
financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our trust and investment services operations may be negatively impacted by changes in economic and market conditions.
Our trust and investment services operations may be negatively impacted by changes in general economic conditions and the conditions in the financial
and securities markets, including the values of assets held under management. Our management contracts generally provide for fees payable for services based on
the market value of assets under management. Because most of our contracts provide for a fee based on market values of securities, declines in securities prices
will generally have an adverse effect on our results of operations from this business. Market declines and reductions in the value of our clients’ trust and
investment services accounts could result in us losing trust and investment services clients, including those who are also banking clients.
We are subject to claims and litigation pertaining to our fiduciary responsibilities.
Some of the services we provide, such as trust and investment services, require us to act as fiduciaries for our clients and others. From time to time, third
parties could make claims and take legal action against us pertaining to the performance of our fiduciary responsibilities. If fiduciary investment decisions are not
appropriately documented to justify action taken or trades are placed incorrectly, among other possible claims, and if these claims and legal actions are not
resolved in a manner favorable to us, we may be exposed to significant financial liability and/or our reputation could be damaged. Either of these results may
adversely impact demand for our products and services or otherwise have an adverse affect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
24
Table of Contents
Negative publicity could damage our reputation and adversely impact our business and financial results.
Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital due to negative publicity, is inherent in our business. Negative publicity can result from our actual
or alleged conduct in a number of activities, including lending practices, information security, management actions, corporate governance, and actions taken by
government regulators and community organizations in response to those activities. Negative publicity can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract clients,
and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Potential acquisitions may disrupt our business and dilute stockholder value.
While we remain committed to organic growth, we also may consider additional acquisition opportunities involving complementary financial service
organizations if the right situation were to arise. Various risks commonly associated with acquisitions, include, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of the target company.
Exposure to potential asset quality issues of the target company.
Potential disruption to our business.
Potential diversion of our management’s time and attention.
Possible loss of key employees and clients of the target company.
Difficulty in estimating the value of the target company.
Potential changes in banking or tax laws or regulations that may affect the target company.
Difficulty in integrating operations, personnel, technologies, services, and products of acquired companies.
Acquisitions may involve the payment of a premium over book and market values, and, therefore, some dilution of our tangible book value and net
income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Furthermore, failure to realize the expected revenue increases, cost savings,
increases in geographic or product presence, and/or other projected benefits from an acquisition could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We are subject to changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines.
Our financial performance is impacted by accounting principles, policies and guidelines. Some of these policies require the use of estimates and
assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Some of our accounting policies are critical because they require management
to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be
reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. If such estimates or assumptions underlying our financial statements are incorrect, we may
experience material losses.
From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board and the SEC change the financial accounting and reporting standards or the interpretation of
those standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be difficult to predict and could materially
impact how we report our financial condition and results of operations. Changes in these standards are continuously occurring, and given recent economic
conditions, more drastic changes may occur. The implementation of such changes could have a material adverse affect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
Our internal controls may be ineffective.
Management regularly reviews and updates its internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures.
Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that
the objectives of the controls are met. In addition, if we continue to grow the Corporation, our controls will also need to be updated to keep up with such growth.
Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could cause us to report a
material weakness in internal control over financial reporting and conclude that our controls and procedures are not effective, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
25
Table of Contents
Risks Related to Investing in Our Common Stock
Our stock is thinly traded and our stock price can fluctuate.
Although our common stock is listed for trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, low volume of trading activity and volatility in the price of our
common stock may make it difficult for our shareholders to sell common stock when desired and at prices they find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate
significantly in response to a variety of factors including, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;
recommendations by securities analysts;
operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to us;
news reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry;
perceptions in the marketplace regarding us or our competitors and other financial services companies;
new technology used, or services offered, by competitors; and
changes in government regulations.
General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions,
interest rate changes or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to decrease regardless of our operating results.
To maintain adequate capital levels, we may be required to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is
needed and/or could be dilutive to our existing shareholders.
We are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. In order to ensure our ability to support the
operations of the Banks we may need to limit or terminate cash dividends that can be paid to our shareholders. In addition, we may need to raise capital in the
future. Our ability to raise capital, if needed, will depend in part on our financial performance and conditions in the capital markets at that time, and accordingly,
we cannot guarantee our ability to raise capital on terms acceptable to us. In addition, if we decide to raise equity capital in the future, the interests of our
shareholders could be diluted. Any issuance of common stock would dilute the ownership percentage of our current shareholders and any issuance of common
stock at prices below tangible book value would dilute the tangible book value of each existing share of our common stock held by our current shareholders. The
market price of our common stock could also decrease as a result of the sale of a large number of shares or similar securities, or the perception that such sales could
occur. If we cannot raise capital when needed, our ability to serve as a source of strength to the Banks, pay dividends, maintain adequate capital levels and
liquidity, or further expand our operations could be materially impaired.
If equity research analysts publish research or reports about our business with unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price
and trading volume of our common stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock could be affected by whether equity research analysts publish research or reports about us and our business and
what is included in such research or reports. If equity analysts publish research reports about us containing unfavorable commentary, downgrade our stock or cease
publishing reports about our business, the price of our stock could decline. If any analyst electing to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price could decline
rapidly. If any analyst electing to cover us ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our common stock price or
trading volume to decline and our common stock to be less liquid.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None
26
Table of Contents
Item 2. Properties
The following table provides certain summary information with respect to the principal properties in which we conduct our operations, all of which were
leased, as of December 31, 2015 :
Location
401 Charmany Drive, Madison, WI
Full service banking location of FBB and office of FBFS
Function
18500 W. Corporate Drive, Brookfield, WI
Full service banking location of FBB - Milwaukee
11300 Tomahawk Creek Pkwy, Leawood, KS
Full service banking location of Alterra Bank
Expiration
Date
2028
2020
2023
To facilitate additional business development opportunities, as of December 31, 2015 , the Corporation had loan production offices in Oshkosh, Green
Bay, Appleton, Manitowoc and Kenosha, Wisconsin. In addition, the Corporation also owns a full service branch located in Overland Park, Kansas.
For the purpose of generating business development opportunities in asset-based financing, as of December 31, 2015 , office space was also leased in
several states nationwide under shorter-term lease agreements, which generally have terms of one year or less.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
We believe that no litigation is threatened or pending in which we face potential loss or exposure which could materially affect our consolidated financial
position, consolidated results of operations or cash flows. Since our subsidiaries act as depositories of funds, lenders and fiduciaries, they are occasionally named
as defendants in lawsuits involving a variety of claims. This and other litigation is ordinary routine litigation incidental to our business.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
27
Table of Contents
PART II.
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Holders,
Price
Range
and
Dividends
Declared
The common stock of the Corporation is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FBIZ.” As of March 2, 2016 , there were
approximately 400 registered shareholders of record of the Corporation’s common stock. Certain of the Corporation’s shares are held in “nominee” or “street”
name and the number of beneficial owners of such shares as of February 19, 2016 was approximately 2,100 .
The following table presents the range of high and low sale prices of our common stock for each quarter within the two most recent fiscal years, according
to information provided by NASDAQ, and cash dividends declared in such quarters.
2015
4th Quarter
3rd Quarter
2nd Quarter
1st Quarter
2014
4th Quarter
3rd Quarter
2nd Quarter
1st Quarter
Dividend
Policy
High
Low
Dividend Declared
$
$
27.35 $
23.92
23.52
24.12
24.02 $
24.00
24.56
24.07
21.90 $
20.62
21.40
18.32
21.36 $
20.26
19.98
18.40
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.11
0.105
0.105
0.105
0.105
It has been our practice to pay a dividend to common shareholders. Dividends historically have been declared in the month following the end of each
calendar quarter. However, the timing and amount of future dividends are at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) and will
depend upon the consolidated earnings, financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the amount of cash dividends
paid to the Corporation by its subsidiaries, applicable government regulations and policies, supervisory actions and other factors considered relevant by the Board.
Refer to Item 1 - Business - Supervision and Regulation - The Banks - Dividend Payments for additional discussion regarding the limitations on dividends and
other capital contributions by the Banks to the Corporation. The Board anticipates it will continue to declare dividends as appropriate based on the above factors.
28
Table of Contents
Stock
Performance
Graph
The chart shown below depicts total return to stockholders during the period beginning December 31, 2010 and ending December 31, 2015. Total return
includes appreciation or depreciation in market value of the Corporation’s common stock as well as actual cash and stock dividends paid to common stockholders.
Indices shown below, for comparison purposes only, are the Total Return Index for the NASDAQ Composite, which is a broad nationally recognized index of
stock performance by publicly traded companies and the SNL Bank NASDAQ, which is an index that contains securities of NASDAQ-listed companies classified
according to the Industry Classification Benchmark as banks. The chart assumes that the value of the investment in FBIZ common stock and each of the three
indices was $100 on December 31, 2010, and that all dividends were reinvested in FBIZ common stock.
Index
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
$
100.00 $
125.37 $
176.61 $
294.90 $
382.80 $
NASDAQ Composite
SNL Bank NASDAQ
100.00
100.00
99.21
88.73
116.82
105.75
163.75
152.00
188.03
157.42
407.41
201.40
169.94
As of December 31,
29
Table of Contents
Equity
Compensation
Plan
Information
The following table summarizes certain information with respect to compensation plans under which equity securities of the Corporation are authorized
for issuance as of December 31, 2015 .
Plan category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Issuer
Purchases
of
Securities
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (a))
(a)
(b)
(c)
— $
—
—
—
311,445
—
The following table sets forth information about the Corporation's purchases of its common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2015 .
Period
October 1, 2015 - October 31, 2015
November 1, 2015 - November 30, 2015
December 1, 2015 - December 31, 2015
Total
Total Number of
Shares Purchased (1)
Average Price Paid Per
Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs
— $
1,141
—
1,141
—
25.10
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1) The shares in this column represent the shares that were surrendered to us to satisfy income tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of
restricted shares.
30
Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data
INCOME STATEMENT:
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Endowment to First Business Charitable Foundation
Net (gain) loss on foreclosed properties
Income tax expense
Net income
Yield on earning assets
Cost of funds
Interest rate spread
Net interest margin
Return on average assets
Return on average equity
ENDING BALANCE SHEET:
Total assets
Securities
Loans and leases, net
Deposits
FHLB advances and other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Stockholders’ equity
FINANCIAL CONDITION ANALYSIS:
Allowance for loan and lease losses to year-end loans
Allowance to non-accrual loans and leases
Net charge-offs to average loans and leases
Non-accrual loans to gross loans and leases
Average equity to average assets
STOCKHOLDERS’ DATA:
Basic earnings per common share (1)
Diluted earnings per common share (1)
Book value per share at end of period
Tangible book value per share at end of period
Dividend declared per share
Dividend payout ratio
Shares outstanding
Five Year Comparison of Selected Consolidated Financial Data
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
$
72,471
$
57,701
$
53,810
$
54,766
$
13,831
58,640
3,386
17,011
47,545
—
(171)
8,377
11,571
46,130
1,236
10,103
33,785
—
(10)
7,083
11,705
42,105
(959)
8,442
29,188
1,300
(117)
7,389
$
16,514
$
14,139
$
13,746
$
4.52%
1.04%
3.48%
3.66%
0.97%
4.45%
1.07%
3.38%
3.56%
1.04%
4.52%
1.18%
3.34%
3.54%
1.10%
16,885
37,881
4,243
8,699
28,076
—
585
4,750
8,926
$
4.86%
1.75%
3.11%
3.36%
0.75%
56,217
20,756
35,461
4,250
7,060
25,977
—
420
3,449
8,425
5.22%
2.20%
3.02%
3.29%
0.75%
11.36%
11.78%
13.12%
12.65%
14.03%
$
1,782,892
$
1,629,387
$
1,268,655
$
1,226,108
$
1,177,165
177,830
1,417,351
1,577,231
35,226
10,315
150,832
186,261
1,266,438
1,438,268
33,994
10,315
137,748
180,118
967,050
1,129,855
11,936
10,315
109,275
200,596
896,560
1,092,254
12,405
10,315
99,539
170,386
836,687
1,051,312
40,292
10,315
64,214
$
1.14%
73.17%
0.10%
1.55%
8.54%
$
1.90
1.90
17.34
15.90
0.44
1.12%
146.33%
0.08%
0.76%
8.79%
$
1.76
1.75
15.88
14.51
0.42
1.42%
87.68%
0.06%
1.61%
8.39%
$
1.75
1.74
13.86
13.86
0.28
1.69%
109.05%
0.35%
1.55%
5.96%
$
1.65
1.65
12.71
12.71
0.14
1.66%
65.03%
0.74%
2.56%
5.32%
1.61
1.61
12.23
12.23
0.14
23.11%
23.93%
16.05%
8.51%
8.67%
8,699,410
8,671,854
7,833,334
5,251,138
5,195,640
(1) Basic and diluted earnings per share reflect earnings per common share as calculated under the two-class method due to the existence of participating securities. All
shares and per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect the 2-for-1 stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend completed in August 2015.
31
Table of Contents
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Forward-Looking Statements
When used in this report the words or phrases “may,” “could,” “should,” “hope,” “might,” “believe,” “expect,” “plan,” “assume,” “intend,” “estimate,”
“anticipate,” “project,” “likely,” or similar expressions are intended to identify “forward-looking statements.” Such statements are subject to risks and
uncertainties, including among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Competitive pressures among depository and other financial institutions nationally and in our markets.
Adverse changes in the economy or business conditions, either nationally or in our markets.
Increases in defaults by borrowers and other delinquencies.
Our ability to manage growth effectively, including the successful expansion of our client support, administrative infrastructure and internal management
systems.
Fluctuations in interest rates and market prices.
The consequences of continued bank acquisitions and mergers in our markets, resulting in fewer but much larger and financially stronger competitors.
Changes in legislative or regulatory requirements applicable to us and our subsidiaries.
Changes in tax requirements, including tax rate changes, new tax laws and revised tax law interpretations.
System failure or breaches of our network security, including with respect to our internet banking activities.
These risks, together with the risks identified in Item 1A — Risk Factors, could cause actual results to differ materially from what we have anticipated or
projected. These risk factors and uncertainties should be carefully considered by our shareholders and potential investors. Investors should not place undue reliance
on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. The factors described within this Form 10-K could affect our financial performance
and could cause actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods.
Where any such forward-looking statement includes a statement of the assumptions or bases underlying such forward-looking statement, we caution that,
while our management believes such assumptions or bases are reasonable and are made in good faith, assumed facts or bases can vary from actual results, and the
differences between assumed facts or bases and actual results can be material, depending on the circumstances. Where, in any forward-looking statement, an
expectation or belief is expressed as to future results, such expectation or belief is expressed in good faith and believed to have a reasonable basis, but there can be
no assurance that the statement of expectation or belief will be achieved or accomplished.
We do not intend to, and specifically disclaim any obligation to, update any forward-looking statements.
The following discussion and analysis is intended as a review of significant events and factors affecting our financial condition and results of operations
for the periods indicated. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto and the Selected
Consolidated Financial Data in this Form 10-K.
32
Table of Contents
OVERVIEW
We are a registered bank holding company incorporated under the laws of the State of Wisconsin and are engaged in the commercial banking business
through our wholly-owned banking subsidiaries, FBB, FBB-Milwaukee and Alterra. All of our operations are conducted through the Banks and certain subsidiaries
of FBB. We operate as a business bank focusing on delivering a full line of commercial banking products and services tailored to meet the specific needs of small
and medium sized businesses, business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth individuals. Our products and services include commercial lending,
SBA lending and servicing, asset-based lending, equipment financing, factoring, trust and investment services, treasury management services and a broad range of
deposit products. We do not utilize a branch network to attract retail clients. Our operating philosophy is focused on local decision-making and local client service
from each of our primary banking locations in Madison, Brookfield and Appleton, Wisconsin and Leawood, Kansas combined with the efficiency of centralized
administrative functions such as support for information technology, loan and deposit operations, finance and accounting and human resources. We believe we
have a niche business banking model and we consistently operate within our model. This allows our experienced staff to provide the financial expertise necessary
for our clients to be successful on an ongoing basis.
Our success depends on our ability to execute our strategic plan. In 2015, our strategic initiatives included, but were not limited to:
• Maintaining asset quality while organically growing our loan and lease portfolio.
•
•
•
Increasing the number and volume of transaction accounts.
Increasing fee revenue associated with treasury management services, growing trust and investment services and growing SBA lending.
Investing in technology to support our strategic initiatives, thereby maintaining our efficient operating model.
We have achieved success on nearly all points of this strategic plan by posting record top line revenue, continuing to grow the loan and lease portfolio, and
maintaining our overall operating efficiency, resulting in record net income. Despite an increase in non-performing assets in 2015, we believe our strong
underwriting and workout strategies will continue to benefit asset quality metrics, limiting our exposure to subsequent charge-offs.
Our 2016 strategies include, but are not limited to:
•
•
•
Continuing our trend of historically low levels of charge-offs by maintaining our consistent credit culture.
Intently focusing on organically growing our loan and lease portfolio.
Increasing the number and volume of transaction accounts to support our efforts to increase fee revenue associated with treasury management
services and to maintain our targeted operating range of in-market deposits to total deposits.
Expanding our unique SBA strategy across the First Business franchise.
•
• Maintaining our efficient operating model while continuing to make timely investments in people and technology to keep pace with our strategic
growth trajectory.
We believe these strategies will continue to create opportunities to capitalize on economic expansion as well as any disruption to our competitors' businesses in our
primary Wisconsin and Kansas City markets. In addition to organic growth, we will continue to opportunistically evaluate possible acquisitions that would enhance
our franchise and allow us to efficiently and profitably deploy capital.
OPERATIONAL HIGHLIGHTS
•
•
•
•
•
•
Our total assets increased to $1.783 billion as of December 31, 2015 , a 9.4% increase from $1.629 billion at December 31, 2014 .
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 was a record $16.5 million , 16.8% higher than the previous record of $14.1 million earned for the year
ended December 31, 2014 .
Diluted earnings per common share were $1.90 for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $1.75 earned in the prior year.
Net interest margin was 3.66% for the year ended December 31, 2015 , improving 10 basis points compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 .
Top line revenue, which consists of net interest income and non-interest income, of $75.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased 34.5%
compared to $56.2 million for the same period in 2014 .
Return on average assets and return on average equity for the year ended December 31, 2015 were 0.97% and 11.36% respectively, compared to 1.04%
and 11.78% for 2014 .
33
Table of Contents
• We recorded a $3.4 million provision for loan and lease losses for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended
•
•
•
•
•
December 31, 2014 .
Net loans and leases at December 31, 2015 increased $150.9 million , or 11.9% , to $1.417 billion from $1.266 billion as of December 31, 2014 .
Non-performing assets were $24.0 million and 1.34% of total assets as of December 31, 2015 compared to $11.5 million and 0.70% of total assets as of
December 31, 2014 .
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans was 0.10% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 0.08% for the year ended December 31,
2014 .
Trust and investment services fee income increased by $520,000 , or 11.7% , to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $4.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
Average in-market deposits of $1.047 billion , or 69.9% of total deposits, for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased 32.2% , compared to $791.8
million , or 65.5% of total deposits, for the same period in 2014 .
34
Table of Contents
Alterra Bank
Results of Operations
For the year ended December 31, 2015, Alterra contributed $12.6 million in net interest income, including $2.5 million related to the net
accretion/amortization of purchase accounting adjustments, $6.1 million in non-interest income, $10 million in non-interest expense and $2.8 million in loan
loss provision, netting to a total of $5.9 million in pre-tax income to our results. For the year ended December 31, 2014, which included two months’ contribution
from Alterra, Alterra contributed $2.0 million in net interest income, including $392,000 related to the net accretion/amortization of purchase accounting
adjustments, $567,000 in non-interest income, $1.5 million in non-interest expense and $337,000 in loan loss provision, netting to a total of $638,000 in pre-
tax income to our results.
Top Line Revenue
Top line revenue is comprised of net interest income and non-interest income. This measurement is also commonly referred to as operating revenue. In
2015 , top line revenue increased by approximately 34.5% from the prior year primarily due to a full year’s contribution from Alterra.
Top line revenue, including two months’ contribution from Alterra, increased 11.2% in 2014 compared to 2013 due to an 11.6% increase in average loans
and leases and a two basis point increase in net interest margin. Further, non-interest income benefited from the introduction of gains on the sale of SBA loans, as
well as an 18.1% increase in trust and investment services fee income. The components of top line revenue were as follows:
Net interest income
Non-interest income
Top line revenue
Net interest income
Non-interest income
Top line revenue
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
Change
(Dollars In Thousands)
58,640 $
17,011
75,651 $
46,130
10,103
56,233
27.1%
68.4
34.5
For the Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
Change
(Dollars In Thousands)
46,130 $
10,103
56,233 $
42,105
8,442
50,547
9.6%
19.7
11.2
$
$
$
$
Return on Average Assets and Return on Average Equity
Return on average assets (“ROAA”) was 0.97% for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to 1.04% for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The
decrease in ROAA can be attributed to average asset growth exceeding net income growth. Total average assets increased 24.7% in 2015 compared to 2014 , while
net income increased 16.8% during the same time period. The increase in net income was principally due to improved net interest income and non-interest income,
partially offset by an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses and by an increase in non-interest expense to support strategic investments in talent and
technology. We believe this recent decrease in operating leverage was necessary in the short-term in order to build a scalable franchise that can accommodate our
growth trajectory going forward. ROAA is a critical metric used by us to measure the profitability of our organization and how efficiently our assets are deployed.
ROAA also allows us to better benchmark our profitability to our peers without the need to consider different degrees of leverage which can ultimately influence
return on equity measures.
Return on average equity (“ROAE”) for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 11.36% compared to 11.78% for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The
primary reasons for the decrease in ROAE are consistent with the net income variance explanations discussed above. In addition, we had a larger average equity
base in 2015 compared to 2014 principally due to the acquisition of Alterra on November 1, 2014 and the corresponding issuance of 720,162 shares of common
stock on a post-split basis as a portion of consideration paid in the transaction. We view ROAE as an important measurement for monitoring profitability, and
continue to focus on improving our return to our shareholders by enhancing the overall profitability of our client relationships, controlling our expenses and
minimizing our costs of credit.
35
Table of Contents
Efficiency Ratio
Efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure representing non-interest expense excluding the effects of losses or gains on foreclosed properties, amortization
of other intangible assets and other discrete items, if any, divided by top line revenue. We believe the efficiency ratio allows investors and analysts to better assess
the Corporation’s operating expenses in relation to its top line revenue by removing the volatility that is associated with certain non-recurring and other discrete
items. The efficiency ratio also allows management to benchmark performance of our model to our peers without the influence of the loan loss provision and tax
considerations, which will ultimately influence other traditional financial measurements, including ROAA and ROAE. The information provided below reconciles
the efficiency ratio to its most comparable GAAP measure.
Please refer to the Non-Interest Expense section below for discussion on the primary drivers of the year-over-year increase in the efficiency ratio.
Total non-interest expense
Less:
Net gain on foreclosed properties
Amortization of other intangible assets
Total adjusted operating expense
Net interest income
Total non-interest income
Top line revenue
Efficiency ratio
Total non-interest expense
Less:
Net gain on foreclosed properties
Amortization of other intangible assets
Endowment to First Business Charitable Foundation
Total adjusted operating expense
Net interest income
Total non-interest income
Top line revenue
Efficiency ratio
NM = Not meaningful
Net Interest Income
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
Change
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
47,374
$
33,775
40.3%
$
$
$
(171)
71
47,474
58,640
17,011
$
$
75,651
$
62.75%
(10)
12
33,773
46,130
10,103
56,233
60.06%
NM
NM
40.6
27.1
68.4
34.5
2.7
For the Year Ended December 31,
2014
2013
Change
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
33,775
$
30,371
11.2%
(10)
12
—
$
$
33,773
46,130
10,103
56,233
$
60.06%
(117)
—
1,300
29,188
42,105
8,442
50,547
57.74%
$
$
$
NM
NM
NM
15.7
9.6
19.7
11.2
2.3
Net interest income levels depend on the amounts of and yields on interest-earning assets as compared to the amounts of and rates paid on interest-bearing
liabilities. Net interest income is sensitive to changes in market rates of interest and the asset/liability management processes to prepare for and respond to such
changes. The table below shows our average balances, interest, average rates, net interest margin and the spread between combined average rates earned on our
interest-earning assets and cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the periods indicated. The average balances are derived from average daily balances and were
affected in 2014 by the November 1, 2014 closing of the Alterra acquisition.
36
Table of Contents
Interest-earning assets
Commercial real estate and other mortgage
loans (1)
$
Commercial and industrial loans (1)
Direct financing leases (1)
Consumer and other loans (1)
Total loans and leases receivable (1)
Mortgage-related securities (2)
Other investment securities (3)
FHLB and FRB stock
Short-term investments
Total interest-earning assets
Non-interest-earning assets
Total assets
Interest-bearing liabilities
Transaction accounts
Money market
Certificates of deposit
Wholesale deposits
Total interest-bearing deposits
FHLB advances
Other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing demand deposit
accounts
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Average
balance
Interest
Average
yield/
cost
Average
balance
Interest
(Dollars In Thousands)
Average
yield/
cost
Average
balance
Interest
Average
yield/
cost
$
$
40,006
26,668
1,394
1,067
69,135
2,490
472
81
293
72,471
848,213
445,659
30,228
23,996
1,348,096
153,182
29,686
2,886
69,264
1,603,114
98,781
4.72% $
5.98%
4.61%
4.45%
5.13%
1.63%
1.59%
2.82%
0.42%
4.52%
665,213
332,591
29,395
16,862
1,044,061
156,144
28,458
1,512
67,281
1,297,456
67,507
$
32,066
19,962
1,367
652
54,047
2,894
448
14
298
57,701
4.82% $
6.00%
4.65%
3.87%
5.18%
1.85%
1.57%
0.94%
0.44%
4.45%
633,605
268,376
17,413
16,446
935,840
159,188
33,990
1,402
59,737
1,190,157
58,536
$
1,701,895
$
1,364,963
$
1,248,693
$
125,558
602,842
106,177
450,460
1,285,037
14,779
25,460
10,315
1,335,591
211,945
9,049
1,556,585
145,310
297
3,331
825
6,424
10,877
110
1,732
1,112
13,831
0.24% $
0.55%
0.78%
1.43%
0.85%
0.75%
6.80%
10.78%
1.04%
83,508
493,322
60,284
416,202
1,053,316
5,017
13,688
10,315
1,082,336
154,687
7,918
1,244,941
120,022
185
2,553
536
6,196
9,470
22
967
1,112
11,571
0.22% $
0.52%
0.89%
1.49%
0.90%
0.45%
7.06%
10.78%
1.07%
62,578
450,558
60,276
393,726
967,138
6,471
12,196
10,315
996,120
138,920
8,909
1,143,949
104,744
$
1,248,693
32,021
16,739
844
634
50,238
2,841
474
4
253
53,810
126
2,398
611
6,604
9,739
13
842
1,111
11,705
5.05%
6.24%
4.85%
3.86%
5.37%
1.78%
1.39%
0.29%
0.42%
4.52%
0.20%
0.53%
1.01%
1.68%
1.01%
0.19%
6.90%
10.78%
1.18%
3.34%
3.54%
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
1,701,895
$
1,364,963
$
58,640
$
46,130
$
42,105
Net interest income
Net interest spread
Net interest-earning assets
$
267,523
Net interest margin
Average interest-earning assets to average
interest-bearing liabilities
Return on average assets
Return on average equity
Average equity to average assets
Non-interest expense to average assets
120.03%
0.97%
11.36%
8.54%
2.78%
3.48%
$
3.66%
215,120
3.38%
$
3.56%
194,037
119.88%
1.04%
11.78%
8.79%
2.47%
119.48%
1.10%
13.12%
8.39%
2.43%
(1) The average balances of loans and leases include non-performing loans and leases. Interest income related to non-performing loans and leases is recognized when collected.
(2)
(3) Yields on tax-exempt municipal obligations are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis in this table.
Includes amortized cost basis of assets available for sale and held to maturity.
37
Table of Contents
The following table provides information with respect to (1) the change in net interest income attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by
prior volume) and (2) the change in net interest income attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate) for the year ended
December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014 and for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 .
The change in net interest income attributable to changes in rate and volume (changes in rate multiplied by changes in volume) has been allocated to the rate and
volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
Rate/Volume Analysis
Interest-earning assets
Commercial real estate and other mortgage loans (1)
Commercial and industrial loans (1)
Direct financing leases (1)
Consumer and other loans (1)
Total loans and leases receivable (1)
Mortgage-related securities (2)
Other investment securities (3)
FHLB and FRB Stock
Short-term investments
Increase (Decrease) for the Year Ended December 31,
2015 compared to 2014
2014 compared to 2013
Rate
Volume
Net
Rate
Volume
Net
(In Thousands)
$
(705) $
8,644 $
7,939 $
(1,514) $
1,559 $
(60)
(11)
109
(667)
(350)
4
46
(13)
6,766
6,706
39
306
28
415
(652)
(35)
2
3,875
558
16
15,755
15,088
(2,199)
6,008
(54)
19
21
9
(404)
108
23
67
(4)
57
10
12
(55)
(83)
—
33
45
3,223
523
18
3,809
53
(26)
10
45
Total net change in income on interest-earning assets
(980)
15,750
14,770
(2,012)
5,903
3,891
Interest-bearing liabilities
Transaction accounts
Money market
Certificates of deposit
Wholesale deposits
Total deposits
FHLB advances
Other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
14
182
(75)
(268)
(147)
23
(37)
—
98
596
364
496
112
778
289
228
1,554
1,407
65
802
—
88
765
—
14
(68)
(75)
(771)
(900)
13
20
1
Total net change in expense on interest-bearing liabilities
(161)
2,421
2,260
(866)
45
223
—
363
631
(4)
105
—
732
59
155
(75)
(408)
(269)
9
125
1
(134)
Net change in net interest income
$
(819) $
13,329 $
12,510 $
(1,146)
$
5,171
$
4,025
(1) The average balances of loans and leases include non-performing loans and leases. Interest income related to non-performing loans and leases is recognized when collected.
(2)
(3) Yields on tax-exempt municipal obligations are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis in this table.
Includes amortized cost basis of assets available for sale and held to maturity.
Net interest income increased by $12.5 million , or 27.1% , for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 . The increase in
net interest income was primarily attributable to a favorable volume variances in total loans and leases receivable combined with a 10 basis point increase in net
interest margin.
The yield on average earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 4.52% compared to 4.45% for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The
increase in the yield on average earning assets was principally due to the accretion of $1.8 million of purchase accounting adjustments. Excluding the impact of
purchase accounting accretion in both years, the yield on average earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 4.41% compared to 4.42% for the year
ended December 31, 2014 . Similarly, excluding net accretion, the yield on the loan and lease portfolio declined 14 basis points to 5.00% for the year ended
December 31, 2015 from 5.14% for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
38
Table of Contents
A significant portion of our loan and lease portfolio is comprised of fixed rate loans with terms generally from three to five years. As these loans reach
their maturity they are renewed at current market rates, which are generally lower than the original rate of the loan, and subject to competitive pricing pressures. As
a result, the overall yield on the loan and lease portfolio, excluding purchase accounting adjustments, continued to decline in 2015. Prepayment activity and the
associated fees collected in lieu of interest partially offset the decline in yields.
The overall weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 1.04% for the year ended December 31, 2015 , a decrease of 3 basis points from
1.07% for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The decrease in the overall rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was primarily caused by a decrease in rate paid
on our wholesale deposits as well as our in-market certificates of deposit. The continued low rate environment combined with the maturity structure of our
wholesale certificates of deposit provided us the opportunity to be able to manage our liability structure in both maturity terms and rate to deliver a similar net
interest margin during 2015 relative to 2014. Further, our continued success of attracting in-market non-interest bearing demand deposits through new business
relationships and increased client deposit balances contributed to the overall decline in our cost of funds. This decrease was partially offset by an unfavorable rate
and volume variance on money market accounts and by the addition of other borrowings resulting from the $15.0 million of subordinated debt issued on
August 26, 2014 and $9.0 million of FHLB advances assumed in the Alterra acquisition, both at rates that are significantly higher than our average cost of funds.
Average in-market deposits - comprised of all transaction accounts, money market accounts, and non-wholesale deposits - increased 32.2% to $1.047 billion for the
year ended December 31, 2015 from $791.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
Net interest margin increased 10 basis points to 3.66% for the year ended December 31, 2015 from 3.56% for the year ended December 31, 2014 . Net
accretion/amortization on the Alterra purchase accounting adjustments of $2.5 million combined with the addition of the Alterra loan portfolio at yields greater
than that of the Wisconsin-based portfolio drove a favorable impact of 15 basis points in net interest margin. While management expects the net
accretion/amortization of the purchase accounting adjustments to trend lower, it may be volatile due to the uncertain nature of loan prepayments. In addition, the
changing mix of our deposit base reduced our overall cost of funds and positively affected our net interest margin by approximately five basis points, offsetting
the seven basis point decrease related to the declining yield on our investment portfolio. Other factors, primarily the aforementioned issuance of $15.0 million of
subordinated debt on August 26, 2014, negatively influenced the net interest margin by three basis points in the aggregate.
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
We recorded a provision for loan and lease losses in the amount of $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $1.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 2014 and a negative provision for loan and lease losses of $959,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013 . We determine our provision
for loan and lease losses based upon credit risk and other subjective factors pursuant to our allowance for loan and lease loss methodology, the magnitude of
current and historical net charge-offs recorded in the period and the amount of reserves established for impaired loans that present collateral shortfall positions.
During the fourth quarter of 2015, the methodology used to determine the amount of loan and lease loss provision was refined by increasing the look-back period
from three years to eight years, estimating the loss emergence period using a more granular approach, and placing more emphasis on the inherent risk of the loan
and lease portfolio and less emphasis on subjective analysis. The impact of these refinements was not significant. Refer to Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
for further information regarding our refined allowance for loan and lease loss methodology.
During the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , the factors influencing the provision for loan and lease losses were the following:
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
Changes in the provision for loan and lease losses associated with:
Addition (release) of specific reserves on impaired loans, net
$
908 $
(19) $
Net decrease in allowance for loan and lease loss reserve due to subjective factor changes (including
impact of 2015 methodology change)
Charge-offs in excess of specific reserves
Recoveries
Change in inherent risk of the loan and lease portfolio
Total provision for loan and lease losses
(352)
1,332
(114)
1,612
(878)
1,233
(425)
1,325
$
3,386 $
1,236 $
(381)
(492)
180
(374)
108
(959)
39
Table of Contents
The addition (release) of specific reserves on impaired loans represents new specific reserves established on impaired loans for which, although collateral
shortfalls are present, we believe we will be able to recover our principal and/or it represents the release of previously established reserves that are no longer
required. A decrease in allowance for loan and lease losses due to subjective factor changes reflects management’s evaluation of the level of risk within the
portfolio based upon several factors for each portfolio category, including but not limited to: management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan and lease
portfolios, consideration of delinquency experience, changes in the size of the loan and lease portfolios, existing economic conditions, level of loans and leases
subject to more frequent review by management, changes in underlying collateral, concentrations of loans to specific industries, and other qualitative factors that
could affect credit losses. As overall asset quality metrics improve and the level and trend of the factors improve for a sustainable period of time, the level of
general reserve due to these factors may be reduced causing an overall reduction in the level of the required reserve deemed to be appropriate by management.
Conversely, increases in the level and trend of these factors may warrant an increase to our overall allowance for loan and lease losses. Charge-offs in excess of
specific reserves represent an additional provision for loan and lease losses required to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level deemed
appropriate by management. This amount is net of the release of any specific reserve that may have already been provided. Charge-offs in excess of specific
reserves can occur in situations where: (i) a loan has previously been partially written down to its estimated fair value and continues to decline, (ii) rapid
deterioration of a credit requires an immediate partial or full charge-off, or (iii) the specific reserve was not adequate to cover the amount of the required charge-
off. Change in the inherent risk of the portfolio is primarily influenced by the overall growth in gross loans and leases and a migration analysis of the loans
previously charged off, as well as, movement of existing loans and leases in and out of an impaired loan classification where a specific evaluation of a particular
credit may be required rather than the application of a general reserve ratio. Refer to Asset Quality for further information regarding the overall credit quality of
our loan and lease portfolio.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income, consisting primarily of fees earned for trust and investment services, gains on sale of SBA and residential mortgage loans, service
charges on deposits and loan fee income, increased by $6.9 million , or 68.4% , to $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , from $10.1 million for the
year ended December 31, 2014 which included only two months’ contribution from Alterra. Management continues to focus on revenue growth from non-interest
income sources in order to maintain a diversified revenue stream through greater contribution from fee-based revenues. As a result, total non-interest income
accounted for 22.5% of our total revenues in 2015 compared to 18.0% in 2014.
Trust and investment services fee income increased by $520,000 , or 11.7% , to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $4.4
million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . Trust and investment services fee income is primarily driven by the amount of assets under management and
administration as well as the mix of business at different fee structures and can be positively or negatively influenced by the timing and magnitude of volatility
within the capital markets. At December 31, 2015 , our trust assets under management were $817.9 million , or 5.8% more than the trust assets under management
of $773.2 million at December 31, 2014 , while our assets under administration increased approximately 8.9% , to $203.2 million at December 31, 2015 from
$186.5 million at December 31, 2014 . We expect to continue to increase our revenue from assets under management and administration, but market volatility may
also affect the actual change in revenue.
Gain on sale of SBA loans for the year ended December 31, 2015 totaled $4.0 million , an increase of $3.7 million from the same period in 2014 ,
attributable to growth in our Kansas City market, successful expansion of our SBA lending platform into our Wisconsin markets and a full year’s contribution from
Alterra.
Service charges on deposits increased by $343,000 , or 13.9% , to $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $2.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2014 . The increase in service charges on deposits is primarily due to a full year’s contribution from Alterra combined with an increase in
transaction accounts in our Wisconsin markets.
Loan fees increased by approximately $610,000 , or 38.7% , to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $1.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 2014 . The increase in loan fees is primarily attributable to a full year’s contribution from Alterra, specifically the fee income generated from
servicing and packaging SBA loans. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in fees earned for issuing letters of credit on behalf of our clients.
Gain on sale of residential mortgage loans for the year ended December 31, 2015 totaled $729,000 , an increase of $655,000 from the same period in 2014
, entirely attributable to a full year’s contribution from Alterra.
40
Table of Contents
Other non-interest income increased by $1.0 million to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , compared to $369,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2014 . The increase in other income was primarily due to gains recognized on the termination of leased assets, income recognized from our
investment in various Community Development Entities and the amortization of the reserve for unfunded commitments resulting from the fair value purchase
accounting adjustments associated with the acquisition of Alterra. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , we have recognized $458,000 in non-interest income
due to the amortization of the reserve as the associated loans have fully funded, renewed or matured. The remaining reserve for unfunded commitments was
$39,000 as of December 31, 2015 . Should the commitment be withdrawn for any reason or become fully funded prior to maturity, we will accelerate the
remaining liability accordingly.
Non-Interest Expense
Non-interest expense increased by $13.6 million , or 40.3% , to $47.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $33.8 million for the
comparable period of 2014 . The acquisition of Alterra was the primary driver for the increase in all non-interest expense categories. Compensation, professional
fees and marketing expense categories comprise the majority of the overall increase.
Compensation expense increased by $7.1 million , or 32.9% , to $28.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $21.5 million for the year
ended December 31, 2014 . In addition to the increase related to a full year’s contribution from Alterra, the overall increase reflects growth in compensation costs
related to annual merit increases, employee benefit costs, incentive compensation accruals on a larger base of employees and our strategic investment in new
employees to meet our existing and future growth objectives. Full time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2015 were 242 , up 12.6% from 215 at
December 31, 2014 . We expect to continue investing in talent to support our strategic growth efforts, both in the form of additional business development and
operational staff.
Professional fees expense increased by $1.5 million , or 43.7% , to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $3.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 2014 . In addition to the increase related to a full year’s contribution from Alterra, the overall increase primarily reflects our ongoing strategy
to invest in technology-based corporate initiatives to drive operational efficiency. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , professional fees specifically related to
information technology (“IT”) projects increased $922,000 . In addition, fees paid to other outside service providers increased $536,000 primarily due to temp-to-
hire employees required to support our strategic IT initiatives, while fees paid for audit assurance and tax compliance increased by $356,000 . The largest
remaining item in the variance was an increase in recruiting expenses related to our ongoing investment in attracting talent, offset by a decrease in merger-related
costs of $879,000 .
Marketing expense increased by $923,000 , or 55.5% , to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 from $1.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2014 . The addition of Alterra and related expansion of our marketing efforts into new geographic regions was the primary driver for the increase.
Other non-interest expense increased by $2.1 million , or 88.7% , to $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $2.4 million for the
same time period of 2014 . In addition to the increase related to a full year’s contribution from Alterra, the overall increase primarily reflects annual subscriptions
for cloud-based solutions and expanded and enhanced telecommunication services to support our growth and ongoing strategy to invest in technology-based
corporate initiatives to drive operational efficiency.
41
Table of Contents
Income Taxes
Income tax expense was $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 primarily
due to higher pre-tax income. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 33.7% compared to 33.4% for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
During the fourth quarter of 2014, we invested in a federal new market tax credit. These credits are typically purchased at 70-90% of the amount of the
credit and are generally utilized to offset taxes payable over ten-year and seven-year periods, respectively. For both years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the
tax credit used to reduce our tax expense totaled $375,000. The net result of this transaction was a decrease to income tax expense, which reduced our effective tax
rate.
The effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory corporate tax rate as follows:
Statutory federal tax rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Bank owned life insurance
Tax-exempt security and loan income, net of TEFRA adjustments
Federal new market tax credit
Non-deductible transaction costs
Discrete items
Other
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
34.4 %
34.4 %
34.4 %
3.9
(1.3)
(3.5)
(1.0)
—
0.5
0.7
4.7
(1.4)
(3.5)
(1.8)
0.6
(0.2)
0.6
4.6
(1.4)
(3.2)
—
—
0.1
0.5
33.7 %
33.4 %
35.0 %
The Corporation’s effective tax rate may fluctuate as it is impacted by the level and timing of the Corporation’s utilization of federal new market tax
credits and the level of tax-exempt investments and loans.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
General
At December 31, 2015 our total assets were $1.783 billion , an increase of $153.5 million , or 9.4% , from $1.629 billion at December 31, 2014 . The
increase in total assets was primarily driven by growth in our loan and lease portfolio.
Short-term investments
Short-term investments increased by $10.6 million to $98.9 million at December 31, 2015 from $88.4 million at December 31, 2014 . Our short-term
investments primarily consist of interest-bearing deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”), which increased by $14.4 million to $84.9 million at
December 31, 2015 . We value the safety and soundness provided by the FRB, and therefore we incorporate short-term investments in our on-balance-sheet
liquidity program. In general, the level of our short-term investments is influenced by the timing of deposit gathering, scheduled maturities of wholesale deposits,
funding of loan and lease growth when opportunities are presented, and the level of our securities portfolio. Although the majority of our short-term investments
consist of deposits with the FRB, we also make investments in commercial paper and FDIC insured certificates of deposit acquired through brokers. We approach
our decisions to purchase commercial paper with similar rigor and underwriting standards applied to our loan and lease portfolio. The original maturities of the
commercial paper are typically sixty days or less and provide an attractive yield in comparison to other short-term alternatives. These investments also assist us in
maintaining a shorter duration of our overall investment portfolio which we believe is necessary to take advantage of an anticipated rising rate environment. Please
refer to Liquidity and Capital Resources for further discussion.
Securities
Total securities, including available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, decreased by $8.4 million to $177.8 million at December 31, 2015 from $186.3 million
at December 31, 2014 . As of December 31, 2015 , our total securities portfolio, including available-for-sale and held-to-maturity, had a weighted average
estimated maturity of approximately 2.94 years. Our
42
Table of Contents
investment portfolio primarily consists of collateralized mortgage obligations and agency obligations and is used to provide a source of liquidity, including the
ability to pledge securities for possible future cash advances, while contributing to the earnings potential of the Banks. The overall duration of the securities
portfolio is established and maintained to further mitigate interest rate risk present within our balance sheet as identified through our asset/liability simulations. We
purchase investment securities intended to protect our net interest margin while maintaining an acceptable risk profile. In addition, we will purchase investments to
utilize our cash position effectively within appropriate policy guidelines and estimates of future cash demands. While collateralized mortgage obligations present
prepayment risk and extension risk, we believe the overall credit risk associated with these investments is minimal, as the majority of the obligations we hold are
guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), a U.S. government agency. The estimated repayment streams associated with this
portfolio also allow us to better match our short-term liabilities. The Banks’ investment policies allow for various types of investments, including tax-exempt
municipal securities. The ability to invest in tax-exempt municipal securities provides for further opportunity to improve our overall yield on our securities
portfolio. We evaluate the credit risk of the municipal obligations prior to purchase and generally limit our exposure to general obligation issuances from
municipalities, primarily in Wisconsin.
As we evaluate the level of on-balance-sheet liquidity, we continue to purchase U.S. Government agency obligations, primarily those obligations issued
by Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). We have structured these purchases to have
final maturities within two to four years from the issue date. Some of the securities contain either quarterly or one-time call features. The maturity structure of our
securities portfolio allows us to effectively manage the cash flows of these securities along with the collateralized mortgage obligations to be able to meet loan
demand in the near future without the need to immediately borrow funds from our various funding sources and proactively adjust the portfolio should interest rates
rise within the next two to four years. Our management deems these securities to be creditworthy and believes they exhibit appropriate market yields for the risks
assumed. We expect to continue to purchase these types of approved securities with appropriate maturity terms when they are available in the market.
The majority of the securities we hold have active trading markets; therefore, we have not experienced difficulties in pricing our securities. We use a
third-party pricing service as our primary source of market prices for our securities portfolio. On a quarterly basis, we validate the reasonableness of prices
received from this source through independent verification of a representative sample of the portfolio, data integrity validation through comparison of current price
to prior period prices, and an expectation-based analysis of movement in prices based upon the changes in the related yield curves and other market factors. On a
periodic basis, we review the third-party pricing vendor’s methodology for pricing relevant securities and the results of its internal control assessments. Our
securities portfolio is sensitive to fluctuations in the interest rate environment and has limited sensitivity to credit risk due to the nature of the issuers and
guarantors of our securities as previously discussed. If interest rates decline and the credit quality of the securities remains constant or improves, the fair value of
our debt securities portfolio would likely improve, thereby increasing our total comprehensive income. If interest rates increase and the credit quality of the
securities remains constant or deteriorates, the fair value of our debt securities portfolio would likely decline and therefore decrease our total comprehensive
income. The magnitude of the fair value change will be based upon the duration of the portfolio. A securities portfolio with a longer average duration will exhibit
greater market price volatility movements than a securities portfolio with a shorter average duration in a changing rate environment. During the year ended
December 31, 2015 , we recognized unrealized holding losses of $719,000 before income taxes through other comprehensive income. These losses were the result
of the increase in longer term interest rates. No securities within our portfolio were deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2015 . There
were no sales of securities during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 . As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 no securities were classified as trading
securities.
At December 31, 2015 , $23.0 million of our mortgage-related securities were pledged to secure our various obligations including outstanding advances
or unused borrowing capacity with the FHLB and interest rate swap contracts.
43
Table of Contents
The table below sets forth information regarding the amortized cost and fair values of our investments and mortgage-related securities at the dates
indicated.
2015
As of December 31,
2014
2013
Amortized cost
Fair value
Amortized cost
Fair value
Amortized cost
Fair value
(In Thousands)
Available-for-sale:
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored
enterprises
Municipal obligations
Asset-backed securities
$
8,047 $
8,017 $
9,046 $
8,965 $
16,380 $
4,278
1,327
4,283
573
578
1,269 $
1,514 $
1,510
16,207
1,517
16,244
15,489
1,494
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
43,845
44,543
67,740
68,874
111,010
111,969
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored
enterprises
82,707
82,436
64,763
64,771
35,561
34,922
$
140,204 $
140,548 $
143,636 $
144,698 $
180,675 $
180,118
2015
As of December 31,
2014
2013
Amortized cost
Fair value
Amortized cost
Fair value
Amortized cost
Fair value
(In Thousands)
Held-to-maturity:
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-
sponsored enterprises
Municipal obligations
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-
$
1,495 $
1,485 $
1,490 $
1,473 $
16,038
11,718
16,365
11,709
16,088
14,505
16,155
14,531
sponsored enterprises
8,031
7,999
9,480
9,535
$
37,282 $
37,558 $
41,563 $
41,694 $
— $
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises represent securities issued by the FHLMC and FNMA. Collateralized mortgage
obligations - government issued represent securities guaranteed by GNMA. Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises include
securities guaranteed by FHLMC and the FNMA. Asset-backed securities represent securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (“SLMA”) and
are 97% guaranteed by the U.S. government. Municipal obligations include securities issued by various municipalities located primarily within the State of
Wisconsin and are primarily general obligation bonds that are tax-exempt in nature. As of December 31, 2015 , no issuer's securities exceeded 10% of our total
stockholders' equity.
The following table sets forth the contractual maturity and weighted average yield characteristics of the fair value of our available for sale securities and
the amortized cost of our held to maturity securities at December 31, 2015 , classified by remaining contractual maturity. Actual maturities may differ from
contractual maturities because issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment penalties. Yields on tax-exempt obligations have not
been computed on tax equivalent basis.
44
—
—
—
—
—
Table of Contents
Less than One Year
One to Five Years
Five to Ten Years
Over Ten Years
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Total
(Dollars In Thousands)
Available-for-sale:
U.S. Government agency obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
$
Municipal obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—% $
—
—%
8,017
4,283
—
119
—
—
1,269
19,192
1.03% $
1.08
—%
3.70
1.14
—% $
—
0.95%
—
—
—
2.31
1.29
25,232
12,909
38,141
$
—% $
—
—%
8,017
4,283
1,269
44,543
82,436
$ 140,548
2.09
1.29
1,086
13,505
$
68,441
88,902
$
Less than One Year
One to Five Years
Five to Ten Years
Over Ten Years
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Balance
Weighted
Average
Yield
Total
(Dollars In Thousands)
—% $
1,495
2,395
—
—
3,890
$
1.07% $
2.06
—
13,643
—% $
1.90
—
—
—% $
—
1,495
16,038
—
—
$
—
—
11,718
—
13,643
—
$
8,031
19,749
1.57
1.67
11,718
8,031
$
37,282
Held-to-maturity:
U.S. Government agency obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
$
Municipal obligations
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
$
—
—
—
—
—
Derivative Activities
The Banks’ investment policies allow the Banks to participate in hedging strategies or use financial futures, options or forward commitments or interest
rate swaps with prior Board approval. The Banks utilize, from time to time, derivative instruments in the course of their asset/liability management. As of
December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Banks did not hold any derivative instruments that were designated as cash flow or fair value hedges. The derivative portfolio
consists of interest rate swaps offered directly to qualified commercial borrowers which allowed the Banks to provide a fixed rate alternative to their clients while
mitigating interest rate risk by keeping a variable rate loan in their portfolios. The Banks economically hedge client derivative transactions by entering into equal
and offsetting interest rate swap contracts executed with dealer counterparties. The economic hedge with the dealer counterparties allows the Banks to primarily
offset the fixed rate interest rate risk. Derivative transactions executed through this program are not designated as accounting hedge relationships and are marked to
market through earnings each period.
As of December 31, 2015 , the aggregate amortizing notional value of interest rate swaps with various commercial borrowers was approximately 24.7
million . We receive fixed rates and pay floating rates based upon LIBOR on the swaps with commercial borrowers. These swaps mature between March 2016 and
February 2023 . Commercial borrower swaps are completed independently with each borrower and are not subject to master netting arrangements. All of these
commercial borrower swaps were reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a derivative asset of $552,000 , included in accrued interest receivable and other
assets as of December 31, 2015 . On the offsetting swap contracts with dealer counterparties, we pay fixed rates and receive floating rates based upon LIBOR.
These interest rate swaps also have maturity dates between March 2016 and February 2023 . Dealer counterparty swaps are subject to master netting agreements
among the contracts within each of our Banks and are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a derivative liability of $552,000 . The value of these swaps
was included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 .
Loans and Leases Receivable
Loans and leases receivable, including loans held for sale and net of allowance for loan and lease losses, increased by $150.9 million , or 11.9% , to
$1.417 billion at December 31, 2015 from $1.266 billion at December 31, 2014 primarily due to
45
Table of Contents
successful business development efforts in our commercial and industrial (C&I) and commercial real estate (CRE) portfolios. As a result, the overall mix of our
portfolio remained fairly consistent in 2015 when compared to 2014 . As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , approximately 63.1% and 63.3% of our loan and lease
portfolio, respectively, was concentrated in CRE loans primarily in our owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied classes. We were successful in growing both our
CRE and C&I portfolios in both our Kansas City and Wisconsin markets. Our CRE portfolio increased by $93.7 million , or 11.5% , to $905.5 million at
December 31, 2015 from $811.8 million at December 31, 2014 . Our C&I portfolio increased $56.9 million , or 13.7% , to $473.6 million at December 31, 2015
from $416.7 million at December 31, 2014 . We continue to emphasize actively pursuing C&I loans as this segment of our loan and lease portfolio provides an
attractive yield commensurate with an appropriate level of credit risk and creates opportunities for in-market deposit and trust and investment relationships which
generate additional fee revenue. While we continue to experience significant competition as banks operating in our primary geographic area attempt to deploy
excess liquidity, we remain committed to our underwriting standards and will not deviate from those standards for the sole purpose of growing our loan and lease
portfolio. We expect our new loan and lease activity to be more than adequate to replace normal amortization and to continue to grow in future quarters.
Credit underwriting through a committee process is a key component of our operating philosophy. Business development officers have relatively low
individual lending authority limits, and thus a significant portion of our new credit extensions require approval from a loan approval committee regardless of the
type of loan or lease, amount of the credit, or the related complexities of each proposal. In addition, we make every effort to ensure that there is appropriate
collateral or a government guarantee at the time of origination to protect our interest in the related loan or lease. To monitor the ongoing credit quality of our loans
and leases each credit is evaluated for proper risk rating using a nine grade risk rating system at the time of origination, subsequent renewal, evaluation of updated
financial information from our borrowers, or as other circumstances dictate.
The following table presents information concerning the composition of the Banks’ consolidated loans and leases, including loans held for sale, at the
dates indicated.
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Amount
Outstanding
% of Total
Loans and
Leases
Amount
Outstanding
% of Total
Loans and
Leases
Amount
Outstanding
% of Total
Loans and
Leases
Amount
Outstanding
% of Total
Loans and
Leases
Amount
Outstanding
% of Total
Loans and
Leases
(Dollars in Thousands)
As of December 31,
Commercial real estate
loans:
Commercial real estate —
owner occupied
Commercial real estate —
non-owner occupied
Construction and land
development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Total commercial real
estate loans
Commercial and industrial
loans
Direct financing leases,
net
Consumer and other:
Home equity loans and
second mortgage loans
Other
Total consumer and other
Total gross loans and
lease receivables
Less:
Allowance for loan and
lease losses
Deferred loan fees
Loans and lease
receivables, net
$
176,322
12.3% $
163,884
12.8% $
141,164
14.4% $
144,988
15.9% $
150,528
17.7%
436,901
160,404
80,254
51,607
905,488
473,592
31,093
8,237
16,319
24,556
30.4
11.2
5.6
3.6
63.1
33.0
2.2
0.6
1.1
1.7
417,962
32.5
341,695
34.8
323,660
35.5
304,597
35.8
121,160
72,578
36,182
811,766
416,654
34,165
7,866
11,341
19,207
9.5
5.7
2.8
63.3
32.5
2.7
0.6
0.9
1.5
68,708
62,758
30,786
645,111
293,552
26,065
5,272
11,972
17,244
7.0
6.4
3.1
65.7
29.9
2.7
0.5
1.2
1.8
64,966
58,454
31,943
624,011
256,458
15,926
4,642
11,671
16,313
7.1
6.4
3.5
68.4
28.1
1.7
0.5
1.3
1.8
38,124
43,905
43,513
580,667
237,099
17,128
4,970
11,682
16,652
4.5
5.2
5.1
68.2
27.8
2.0
0.6
1.4
2.0
1,434,729
100.0%
1,281,792
100.0%
981,972
100.0%
912,708
100.0%
851,546
100.0%
16,316
1,062
14,329
1,025
13,901
1,021
15,400
748
14,155
704
$
1,417,351
$
1,266,438
$
967,050
$
896,560
$
836,687
46
Table of Contents
The following table shows the scheduled contractual maturities of the Banks’ consolidated gross loans and leases, including loans held for sale, as well as
the dollar amount of such loans and leases which are scheduled to mature after one year which have fixed or adjustable interest rates, as of December 31, 2015 .
Amounts Due
In One Year
or Less
After One
Year through
Five Years
After Five
Years
Interest Terms On Amounts Due
after One Year
Total
Fixed Rate
Variable Rate
(In Thousands)
Commercial real estate
Owner-occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases
Consumer and other
$
13,535 $
112,653 $
50,134 $
176,322 $
107,878 $
257,446
108,635
70,820
65,925
15,745
16,544
63,518
46,158
26,724
150,938
256,936
1,591
11,127
24,837
11,390
30,961
18,351
8,339
65,718
4,665
2,039
436,901
160,404
80,254
51,607
294,699
29,167
48,643
31,744
54,910
71,381
65,311
15,865
3,320
473,592
103,895
218,760
31,093
24,556
29,502
9,674
—
3,755
$
346,225 $
799,662 $
288,842 $
1,434,729 $
655,202 $
433,302
Commercial Real Estate Loans. The Banks originate owner-occupied and non-owner-occupied commercial real estate loans which have fixed or
adjustable rates and generally terms of up to five years and amortizations of up to twenty-five years on existing commercial real estate and new construction. The
Banks also originate loans to construct commercial properties and complete land development projects.
The Banks’ construction loans generally have terms of six to 24 months with fixed or adjustable interest rates and fees that are due at the time of
origination. Loan proceeds are disbursed in increments as construction progresses and as project inspections warrant. Multi-family loans are primarily secured by
apartment buildings and one-to-four family first mortgage loans are generally secured by properties held for investment and primary and secondary residences of
our clients.
Commercial real estate lending typically involves larger loan principal amounts than that for residential mortgage loans or consumer loans. The
repayment of these loans generally is dependent on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. Because
payments on commercial real estate loans are often dependent on external market conditions impacting the successful operation or development of the property or
business involved, repayment of such loans is often more sensitive than other types of loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general economy,
which are outside the borrower’s control. In the event that the cash flow from the property is reduced, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan could be negatively
impacted. The deterioration of one or a few of these loans could cause a material increase in our level of nonperforming loans, which would result in a loss of
revenue from these loans and could result in an increase in the provision for loan and lease losses and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material
adverse impact on our net income. Additionally, many of these loans have real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The market value of real
estate can fluctuate significantly in a short period of time as a result of economic conditions. Adverse developments affecting real estate values in one or more of
our markets could impact collateral coverage associated with the commercial real estate segment of our portfolio, possibly leading to increased specific reserves or
charge-offs, which would adversely affect profitability.
Commercial and Industrial Loans. The Banks’ commercial and industrial loan portfolio is comprised of loans for a variety of purposes which principally
are secured by inventory, accounts receivable, equipment, machinery and other corporate assets and are advanced within limits prescribed by our loan policy. The
majority of such loans are secured and typically backed by personal guarantees of the owners of the borrowing business. Of the $473.6 million of commercial and
industrial loans, including asset-based loans, outstanding as of December 31, 2015 , $146.4 million were originated by FBCC, our asset-based lending subsidiary
and $12.2 million were originated by FBF, our factored receivable business line. These asset-based loans, including accounts receivable purchased on a full
recourse basis, are typically secured by the borrower’s accounts receivable and inventory. These loans generally have higher interest rates and non-origination fees
collected in lieu of interest and the collateral supporting the credit is closely monitored. Asset-based loans secured by owner-occupied real estate amounted to
$16.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and are included in the owner-occupied commercial real estate loan portfolio.
47
Table of Contents
Our commercial loans are typically larger in amount than loans to individual consumers and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on a per loan
basis. Additionally, asset-based borrowers are usually highly leveraged and/or have inconsistent historical earnings. Significant adverse changes in various
industries could cause rapid declines in values and collectability associated with those business assets resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose
us to future losses. An increase in specific reserves and charge-offs may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
Leases. Direct financing leases initiated through FBEF are originated with a fixed rate and typically a term of seven years or less. It is customary in the
leasing industry to provide 100% financing; however, FBEF will, from time-to-time, require a down payment or lease deposit to provide a credit enhancement. All
equipment leases must have an additional insured endorsement and a loss payable clause in the interest of FBEF and must carry sufficient physical damage and
liability insurance.
FBEF leases machinery and equipment to clients under leases which qualify as direct financing leases for financial reporting and as operating leases for
income tax purposes. Under the direct financing method of accounting, the minimum lease payments to be received under the lease contract, together with the
estimated unguaranteed residual value (approximating 3 to 20% of the cost of the related equipment), are recorded as lease receivables when the lease is signed and
the lease property is delivered to the client. The excess of the minimum lease payments and residual values over the cost of the equipment is recorded as unearned
lease income. Unearned lease income is recognized over the term of the lease on a basis which results in a level rate of return on the unrecovered lease investment.
Lease payments are recorded when due under the lease contract. Residual value is the estimated fair market value of the equipment on lease at lease termination. In
estimating the equipment’s fair value, FBEF relies on historical experience by equipment type and manufacturer, published sources of used equipment pricing,
internal evaluations and, when available, valuations by independent appraisers, adjusted for known trends.
Our commercial leases are typically larger in amount than leases to individual consumers and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on an
individual lease basis. Significant adverse changes in various industries could cause rapid declines in values of leased equipment resulting in inadequate collateral
coverage that may expose us to future losses. An increase in specific reserves and charge-offs may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.
Consumer and Other Loans. The Banks originate a small amount of consumer loans consisting of home equity, second mortgage, credit card and other
personal loans for professional and executive clients of the Banks.
48
Table of Contents
Asset Quality
Non-performing loans increased $12.5 million , or 127.7% , to $22.3 million at December 31, 2015 compared to $9.8 million at December 31, 2014 .
Our total impaired assets consisted of the following as of the dates indicated.
Non-accrual loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Commercial real estate – owner occupied
Commercial real estate – non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Total non-accrual commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Other:
Home equity and second mortgage
Other
Total non-accrual other loans
Total non-accrual loans and leases
Foreclosed properties, net
Total non-performing assets
Performing troubled debt restructurings
Total impaired assets
As of December 31,
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
2,907
$
1,678
4,729
2
2,611
11,927
9,136
38
542
655
1,197
22,298
1,677
23,975
1,735
$
500
286
4,932
17
690
6,425
2,318
339
283
5,422
31
521
6,596
8,011
$
769
$
2,871
4,946
46
1,006
9,638
2,842
—
—
—
329
720
1,049
9,792
1,693
11,485
2,003
453
795
1,248
15,855
333
16,188
371
612
1,030
1,642
14,122
1,574
15,696
1,105
$
25,710
$
13,488
$
16,559
$
16,801
$
2,972
2,249
7,229
2,009
3,506
17,965
1,558
18
1,002
1,223
2,225
21,766
2,236
24,002
111
24,113
Total non-accrual loans and leases to gross loans and leases
1.55%
0.76%
1.61%
1.55%
2.56%
Total non-performing assets to gross loans and leases plus foreclosed
properties, net
Total non-performing assets to total assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses to gross loans and leases
1.67%
1.34%
1.14%
0.89%
0.70%
1.12%
1.65%
1.28%
1.42%
1.72%
1.28%
1.69%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-accrual loans and leases
73.17%
146.33%
87.68%
109.05%
2.81%
2.04%
1.66%
65.03%
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , $16.2 million and $7.4 million of the non-accrual loans were considered troubled debt restructurings, respectively.
As noted in the table above, non-performing assets consisted of non-accrual loans and leases and foreclosed properties totaling $24.0 million , or 1.34% of total
assets, as of December 31, 2015 , an increase in non-performing assets of 108.8% , or $12.5 million , from December 31, 2014 . Impaired loans and leases as of
December 31, 2015 and 2014 also included $1.7 million and $2.0 million of loans that are performing troubled debt restructurings which are considered impaired,
due to the concession in terms, but are meeting the restructured payment terms and therefore are not on non-accrual status.
49
Table of Contents
A summary of the 2015 non-accrual loan and lease activity is as follows:
(In Thousands)
Non-accrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2014
Loans and leases transferred into non-accrual status
Accretion of the fair value discount on purchased credit impaired loans
Non-accrual loans and leases transferred to foreclosed properties
Non-accrual loans and leases partially or fully charged-off
Cash received and applied to principal of non-accrual loans and leases
Non-accrual loans and leases as of December 31, 2015
$
$
9,792
18,039
51
(341)
(1,513)
(3,730)
22,298
We use a wide variety of available metrics to assess the overall asset quality of the portfolio and no one metric is used independently to make a final
conclusion as to the asset quality of the portfolio. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets increased to 1.34% at December 31, 2015 from 0.70% at
December 31, 2014 . This is primarily due to downgrading one $6.2 million restructured relationship to non-performing. This relationship, which was previously
reported as impaired in the second and third quarters of 2015, is directly related to the energy sector. This increase was partially offset by cash collections on
previously identified impaired loans. Total non-performing assets to total loans and leases and foreclosed properties as of December 31, 2015 and December 31,
2014 were 1.67% and 0.89% , respectively. We believe the increase in non-performing assets, excluding our energy exposure, is not systemic in nature or
indicative of a trend but rather due to downgrading a small number of unrelated credits.
As of December 31, 2015 , our direct exposure to the energy sector consisted of $10.0 million in loans and leases, or 0.70% of total gross loans and
leases, with no remaining unfunded commitments. These loans are likely to be adversely affected by a continued severe and prolonged downturn in oil and gas
prices. The associated reserve for loan and lease losses related to this portfolio was 6.63% at year end. Of this population, $7.8 million was considered non-
performing as of year end. In January 2016, $1.8 million of the total non-performing energy exposure was paid off in full.
We also monitor early stage delinquencies to provide insight into potential future problems. As of December 31, 2015 , the payment performance did not
point to any new areas of concern, as approximately 99.6% of the total loan and lease portfolio was in a current payment status. This metric can change rapidly
however, if factors unknown to us change. We also monitor our asset quality through our established categories as defined in Note 4 of our Consolidated Financial
Statements. Despite the overall dollar amount and percentage increase in non-performing loans in 2015 compared to 2014, we continue to see positive trends with
improving percentages of loans and leases in our higher quality loan categories which is indicative of overall credit quality improvement. While we believe overall
asset quality remains strong, we will continue to actively monitor the credit quality of our loan and lease portfolios. Through this monitoring effort, we may
identify additional loans and leases for which the borrowers or lessees are having difficulties making the required principal and interest payments based upon
factors including, but not limited to, the inability to sell the underlying collateral, inadequate cash flow from the operations of the underlying businesses,
liquidation events, or bankruptcy filings and therefore, we expect to continue to experience additions to non-accrual loans. We are proactively working with our
impaired loan borrowers to find meaningful solutions to difficult situations that are in the best interests of the Banks.
In 2015 , as well as in the previous five fiscal years, there were no loans over 90 days past due and still accruing interest. Loans and leases greater than 90
days past due are considered impaired and are placed on non-accrual status. Cash received while a loan or a lease is on non-accrual status is generally applied
solely against the outstanding principal. If collectability of the contractual principal and interest is not in doubt, payments received may be applied to both interest
due on a cash basis and principal.
50
Table of Contents
Additional information about impaired loans as of and for the years indicated was as follows:
Impaired loans and leases with no impairment reserves
$
15,175 $
11,270 $
8,200 $
11,006 $
18,888
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
As of December 31,
(In Thousands)
Impaired loans and leases with impairment reserves required
8,858
525
8,026
4,221
Total impaired loans and leases
Less:
24,033
11,795
16,226
15,227
Impairment reserve (included in allowance for loan and lease losses)
1,113
290
402
1,517
Net impaired loans and leases
Average impaired loans and leases
Interest income attributable to impaired loans and leases
Less: Interest income recognized on impaired loans and leases
Net foregone interest income on impaired loans and leases
$
$
$
$
22,920 $
11,505 $
15,824 $
13,710 $
11,443 $
14,474 $
12,084 $
17,945 $
For the years ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
(In Thousands)
750 $
87
663 $
870 $
740
130 $
887 $
1,432 $
221
321
666 $
1,111 $
2,682
787
1,895
2,989
21,877
888
20,989
33,793
Loans with no specific reserves required represent impaired loans where the collateral, based upon current information, is deemed to be sufficient or that
have been partially charged-off to reflect our net realizable value of the loan. When analyzing the adequacy of collateral, we obtain external appraisals as
appropriate. Our policy regarding commercial real estate appraisals requires the utilization of appraisers from our approved list, the performance of independent
reviews to monitor the quality of such appraisals and receipt of new appraisals for impaired loans at least annually, or more frequently as circumstances warrant.
We make adjustments to the appraisals for appropriate selling costs. In addition, the ordering of appraisals and review of the appraisals are performed by
individuals who are independent of the business development process. Based on the specific evaluation of the collateral of each impaired loan, we believe the
reserve for impaired loans was appropriate at December 31, 2015 . However, we cannot provide assurance that the facts and circumstances surrounding each
individual impaired loan will not change and that the specific reserve or current carrying value will not be different in the future which may require additional
charge-offs or specific reserves to be recorded. Smaller balance (individually less than $50,000) loans are collectively evaluated for impairment as allowed under
applicable accounting standards.
Foreclosed properties are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value. If, at the time of foreclosure, the fair value less cost to sell is lower than the
carrying value of the loan, the difference, if any, is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses prior to transfer to foreclosed property. The fair value is
based on appraisals, discounted cash flow analysis (the majority of which is based on current occupancy and lease rates) or verifiable offers to purchase. After
foreclosure, valuation allowances or future write-downs to net realizable value are charged directly to non-interest expense. Foreclosed properties were $1.7
million as of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 . We recorded impairment losses of approximately $36,000 , $4,000 and $59,000 for the years ended
December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Net gains on sales of existing foreclosed property inventory were $207,000 , $14,000 and $176,000 for the
years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. We continue to evaluate possible exit strategies on our impaired loans when foreclosure action may
be probable and our level of foreclosed assets may increase in the future. Loans are transferred to foreclosed properties when we claim ownership rights to the
properties.
51
Table of Contents
A summary of foreclosed properties activity for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 is as follows:
Balance at the beginning of the period
Foreclosed properties acquired in acquisition, at fair value
Transfer of loans to foreclosed properties, at lower of cost or fair value
Impairment adjustments
Net book value of properties sold
Balance at the end of the period
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
$
1,693 $
333 $
(In Thousands)
—
341
(36)
(321)
1,605
—
(4)
(241)
$
1,677 $
1,693 $
1,574
—
1,381
(59)
(2,563)
333
The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of gross loans and leases was 1.14% as of December 31, 2015 and 1.12% as of December 31,
2014 . Non-accrual loans and leases as a percentage of gross loans and leases increased to 1.55% at December 31, 2015 compared to 0.76% at December 31, 2014 .
This increase is primarily due to downgrading one $6.2 million restructured relationship to non-performing during the fourth quarter of 2015, which was previously
reported as impaired in the second and third quarters of 2015 and is directly related to the energy sector. During the year ended December 31, 2015 , we recorded
net charge-offs on impaired loans and leases of approximately $1.4 million , which included $1.5 million of charge-offs and $114,000 of recoveries. During the
year ended December 31, 2014 , we recorded net charge-offs on impaired loans and leases of approximately $808,000 , which included $1.2 million of charge-offs
and $425,000 of recoveries.
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , our allowance for loan and lease losses to total non-accrual loans and leases was 73.17% and 146.33% , respectively.
Impaired loans and leases exhibit weaknesses that inhibit repayment in compliance with the original terms of the note or lease. However, the measurement of
impairment on loans and leases may not always result in a specific reserve included in the allowance for loan and lease losses. As part of the underwriting process,
as well as our ongoing monitoring efforts, we try to ensure that we have appropriate collateral to protect our interest in the related loan or lease. As a result of this
practice, a significant portion of our outstanding balance of non-performing loans or leases either does not require additional specific reserves or requires only a
minimal amount of required specific reserve, as we believe the loans and leases are adequately collateralized as of the measurement period. In addition,
management is proactive in recording charge-offs to bring loans to their net realizable value in situations where it is determined with certainty that we will not
recover the entire amount of our principal. This practice may lead to a lower allowance for loan and lease loss to non-accrual loans and leases ratio as compared to
our peers or industry expectations. As asset quality remains strong, our allowance for loan and lease loss is measured more through general characteristics,
including historical loss experience, of our portfolio rather than through specific identification and we therefore expect to see this ratio continue to rise.
Conversely, if we identify further impaired loans, this ratio could fall if the impaired loans are adequately collateralized and therefore require no specific or general
reserve. Given our business practices and evaluation of our existing loan and lease portfolio, we believe this coverage ratio is appropriate for the probable losses
inherent in our loan and lease portfolio as of December 31, 2015 .
The methodology used to determine the level and composition of the allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was generally
comparable. First, we evaluate loans and leases for potential impairment classification. We analyze each loan and lease identified as impaired on an individual
basis to determine a specific reserve based upon the estimated value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or alternatively, the present value of
expected cash flows. For each segment of loans and leases that has not been individually evaluated, management segregates the Banks’ loss factors into a
quantitative general reserve component based on historical loss rates throughout the defined look back period. During 2015, based on the results of our continuous
risk assessment and monitoring process, we lengthened the look back period from three years to eight years. This methodology enhancement was implemented to
more accurately reflect the estimate of incurred losses for the collectively evaluated loans as of the balance sheet date. The allowance for loan and lease losses
methodology considers an estimate of the historical loss emergence period (which is the period of time between the event that triggers the loss to the charge off of
that loss). During 2015, this methodology was enhanced by estimating the loss emergence period using a more granular approach of analyzing each component of
the loss emergence period. The collective impact of these enhancements was not significant. The methodology also focuses on evaluation of several qualitative
factors for each portfolio category, including but not limited to: management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan and lease portfolios, consideration of
delinquency experience, changes in the size of the loan and lease portfolios, existing economic
52
Table of Contents
conditions, level of loans and leases subject to more frequent review by management, changes in underlying collateral, concentrations of loans to specific
industries and other qualitative factors that could affect credit losses.
When it is determined that we will not receive our entire contractual principal or the loss is confirmed, we record a charge against the allowance for loan
and lease loss reserve to bring the loan or lease to its net realizable value. When estimated proceeds from the sales of property securing collateral dependent loans
are deemed insufficient to repay the related debt, we confirm our inability to receive our entire contractual principal. Many of the impaired loans as of
December 31, 2015 are collateral dependent. It is typically part of our process to obtain appraisals on impaired loans and leases that are primarily secured by real
estate or equipment at least annually, or more frequently as circumstances warrant. As we have completed new appraisals and/or market evaluations, we have
found that in general real estate values have improved; however, in specific situations current fair values collateralizing certain impaired loans were inadequate to
support the entire amount of the outstanding debt. Foreclosure actions may have been initiated on certain of these commercial real estate and other mortgage loans.
As a result of our review process, we have concluded that an appropriate allowance for loan and lease loss reserve for the existing loan and lease portfolio
was $16.3 million , or 1.14% of gross loans and leases, at December 31, 2015 . Taking into consideration net charge-offs of $1.4 million , the required provision
for loan and lease losses was $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . However, given ongoing complexities with current workout situations and the
measured pace of improvement in economic conditions, further charge-offs and increased provisions for loan and lease losses may be recorded if additional facts
and circumstances lead us to a different conclusion. In addition, various federal and state regulatory agencies review the allowance for loan and lease losses. These
agencies could require certain loan and lease balances to be classified differently or charged off when their credit evaluations differ from those of management,
based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
53
Table of Contents
A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses follows:
Allowance at beginning of period
Charge-offs:
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases
Consumer and other
Home equity and second mortgage
Other
Total charge-offs
Recoveries:
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases
Consumer and other
Home equity and second mortgage
Other
Total recoveries
Net charge-offs
Provision for loan and lease losses
Allowance at end of period
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
$
14,329
$
13,901
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
$
15,400
14,155
$
16,271
—
(653)
—
—
(120)
(701)
—
(32)
(7)
—
(631)
—
—
—
(600)
—
—
(2)
(1,513)
(1,233)
2
—
70
—
32
5
8
5
—
14
17
369
—
—
4
1
114
(1,399)
3,386
12
—
425
(808)
1,236
—
(113)
(792)
(71)
—
(33)
(14)
—
(47)
(130)
(322)
(2,739)
—
—
—
(4)
(914)
(72)
(56)
(3,479)
1
61
281
5
192
101
—
—
10
11
5
5
—
374
(540)
(959)
77
66
—
11
29
481
(2,998)
4,243
(1,376)
(1,612)
(2,091)
(312)
(942)
(475)
—
(113)
(309)
(7,230)
—
—
13
289
—
473
19
68
2
864
(6,366)
4,250
$
16,316
$
14,329
$
13,901
$
15,400
$
14,155
Net charge-offs as a % of average gross loans and leases
0.10%
0.08%
0.06%
0.35%
0.74%
We review our methodology and periodically adjust allocation percentages of allowance by segment, as reflected in the following table, based upon
historical results. Within the specific categories, certain loans or leases have been identified for specific reserve allocations as well as the whole category of that
loan type or lease being reviewed for a general reserve based on the foregoing analysis of trends and overall balance growth within that category.
54
Table of Contents
The table below shows our allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses by loan portfolio segments at the dates indicated.
As of December 31,
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
Allowance
for loan
and lease
losses
Percent of
loans in
each
category to
total loans
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
11,220
63.11% $
8,619
63.33% $
9,055
65.70% $
10,693
68.37% $
9,554
68.19%
4,387
709
16,316
35.18%
1.71%
100.00% $
5,492
218
14,329
35.17%
1.50%
100.00% $
4,573
273
13,901
32.55%
1.75%
100.00% $
4,336
371
15,400
29.84%
1.79%
100.00% $
4,217
384
14,155
29.85%
1.96%
100.00%
Loan segments:
Commercial real estate
Commercial and
industrial loans and
leases
Consumer and other
Total
$
Although we believe the allowance for loan and lease losses was appropriate based on the current level of loan and lease delinquencies, non-accrual loans
and leases, trends in charge-offs, economic conditions and other factors as of December 31, 2015 , there can be no assurance that future adjustments to the
allowance will not be necessary. We adhere to high underwriting standards in order to maintain strong asset quality and continue to pursue practical and legal
methods of collection, repossession and disposal of any such troubled assets.
Deposits
As of December 31, 2015 , deposits increased by $139.0 million to $1.577 billion from $1.438 billion at December 31, 2014 . The increase in deposits
was primarily due to an increase in the level of in-market deposits, specifically transaction accounts, which increased by $88.6 million to $397.1 million at
December 31, 2015 from $308.5 million at December 31, 2014 . The remainder of the increase from the prior year end was principally due to the increase in
wholesale deposits as we continue to strategically use brokered certificates of deposit to mitigate interest rate risk when funding long-term fixed rate loans.
Deposit ending balances associated with in-market relationships will fluctuate based upon maturity of time deposits, client demands for the use of their
cash, our ability to service and maintain client relationships and new client deposit relationships. Deposits continue to be the primary source of the Banks’ fundings
for lending and other investment activities. A variety of accounts are designed to attract both short- and long-term deposits. These accounts include non-interest-
bearing transaction accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, money market accounts and time deposits. Deposit terms offered by the Banks vary according
to the minimum balance required, the time period the funds must remain on deposit, the rates and products offered by competitors and the interest rates charged on
other sources of funds, among other factors. With three separately chartered banks within our Corporation, we have the ability to offer our clients additional FDIC
insurance coverage by maintaining separate deposits with each Bank.
Our strategic efforts continue to be focused on adding in-market relationships, specifically transaction deposit accounts. We measure the success of in-
market deposit gathering efforts based on the number and average balances of our deposit accounts as compared to ending balances due to the volatility of some of
our larger relationships. Our Banks’ in-market deposits are obtained primarily from the South Central, Northeastern and Southeastern regions of Wisconsin and the
greater Kansas City area. Of our total average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2015 , approximately $1.047 billion , or 69.9% , were considered in-
market deposits. This compares to average in-market deposits of $791.8 million , or 65.5% , for 2014 . The increase in average in-market deposits is principally
due to a full year’s contribution from Alterra. Refer to Note 8 - Deposits in our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our deposit
composition.
Our operating range of ending wholesale deposits to ending total deposits is 30%-40%. At December 31, 2015 , the ratio of wholesale deposits to total
deposits was 30.9% . We will continue to use wholesale deposits in specific maturity periods needed, typically three to five years, to effectively mitigate the
interest rate risk measured through our asset/liability management process and to support asset growth initiatives while taking into consideration our operating
goals and desired level of usage of wholesale deposits. Deposit ending balances associated with in-market relationships will fluctuate based upon
55
Table of Contents
maturity of time deposits, client demands for the use of their cash, our ability to service and maintain client relationships and new client deposit relationships.
The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of the Banks’ certificates of deposit, including wholesale deposits, at December 31, 2015 .
Interest rate
Three months and less
Over three months
through six months
Over six months
through twelve
months
(In Thousands)
Over twelve months
Total
0.00% to 0.99%
1.00% to 1.99%
2.00% to 2.99%
3.00% to 3.99%
4.00% to 4.99%
5.00% and greater
$
39,703 $
11,359
2,919
—
—
—
34,693 $
8,163
10,126
—
—
—
63,937 $
14,043
5,362
—
—
—
38,000 $
261,303
74,882
2,979
—
—
176,333
294,868
93,289
2,979
—
—
$
53,981 $
52,982 $
83,342 $
377,164 $
567,469
At December 31, 2015 , time deposits included $11.5 million of certificates of deposit in denominations greater than or equal to $250,000. Of these
certificates, $7.8 million are scheduled to mature in three months or less, $525,000 in greater than three through six months, $1.9 million in greater than six through
twelve months and $1.3 million in greater than twelve months.
Of the total time deposits outstanding as of December 31, 2015 , $190.3 million are scheduled to mature in 2016 , $103.1 million in 2017 , $87.1 million
in 2018 , $66.8 million in 2019 , $80.6 million in 2020 , and $39.6 million thereafter. As of December 31, 2015 , we have $104.7 million of wholesale certificates
of deposit which the Banks have the right to call prior to the scheduled maturity. These certificates have original maturities ranging from 2-19 years with options to
call after the first six to twelve months of issuing the certificates with monthly, quarterly, or semi-annually call options thereafter.
Borrowings
We had total borrowings of $45.5 million as of December 31, 2015 , an increase of $1.2 million , or 2.8% , from $44.3 million at December 31, 2014 .
The primary reason for the increase in borrowings was due to draws on our third-party secured line of credit used for general operations and other temporary cash
flow mismatches.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances, weighted average balances and weighted average interest rates for our borrowings (short-term and
long-term) as indicated.
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
December 31, 2013
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average
rate
Balance
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average
rate
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average
rate
Balance
Balance
(Dollars In Thousands)
Federal funds purchased
$
— $
237
0.86% $
— $
237
0.82% $
— $
260
0.74%
FHLB advances and other
borrowings
Line of credit
Subordinated notes payable
Junior subordinated notes
9,790
2,510
22,926
10,315
15,457
1,619
22,926
10,315
1.14
3.18
6.98
10.78
10,058
1,010
22,926
10,315
5,093
13
13,362
10,315
0.56
3.30
7.07
10.78
—
10
11,926
10,315
6,471
10
11,926
10,315
$
45,541 $
50,554
5.84
$
44,309 $
29,020
7.24
$
22,251 $
28,982
0.19
3.41
6.92
10.78
6.78
Short-term borrowings
$
7,010
Long-term borrowings
38,531
$
45,541
$
2,010
42,299
$
44,309
56
$
10
22,241
$
22,251
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth maximum amounts outstanding at each month-end for specific types of short-term borrowings for the periods indicated. The
maximum month-end balance has been the result of using advances with original maturities of up to 30 days to accommodate the orderly issuance of permanent
wholesale funds.
Maximum month-end balance:
FHLB advances
Federal funds purchased
Stockholders’ Equity
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
$
29,000 $
26,000 $
—
—
26,500
—
As of December 31, 2015 , stockholders’ equity was $150.8 million , or 8.5% of total assets, compared to stockholders’ equity of $137.7 million , or 8.5%
of total assets, as of December 31, 2014 . Stockholders’ equity increased by $13.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 attributable to record net
income of $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 , partially offset by dividend declarations of $3.8 million .
Non-bank Consolidated Subsidiaries
First Madison Investment Corp. FMIC is a wholly-owned operating subsidiary of FBB incorporated in the State of Nevada in 1993. FMIC was
organized for the purpose of managing a portion of FBB’s investment portfolio. FMIC invests in marketable securities. As an operating subsidiary, FMIC’s results
of operations are consolidated with FBB’s for financial and regulatory purposes. FBB’s investment in FMIC was $151.5 million at December 31, 2015 . FMIC had
net income of $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 . This compares to a total investment of $150.3 million at December 31, 2014 and net income of
$1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
First Business Capital Corp. FBCC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB formed in 1995 and headquartered in Madison, Wisconsin. FBCC is an asset-
based financing company established to meet the financing needs of companies that are generally unable to obtain traditional commercial lending products. FBCC
underwrites its loans with additional emphasis placed on collateral coverage as the companies it finances are growing rapidly, highly leveraged, or undergoing a
turn-around period. Through its FBF division, FBCC purchases accounts receivable on a full recourse basis as one additional alternative to meet the financing
needs of its client base. FBB’s investment in FBCC at December 31, 2015 was $30.8 million , gross loans outstanding were $174.9 million and net income for the
year ended December 31, 2015 was $3.5 million . This compares to a total investment of $27.1 million , gross loans of $164.4 million and net income of $2.3
million at and for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
First Business Equipment Finance, LLC. FBEF, headquartered in Madison, Wisconsin, was formed in 1998 for the purpose of originating leases and
extending credit in the form of loans to small and medium sized companies nationwide and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB. FBB’s total investment in FBEF
at December 31, 2015 was $7.2 million , gross loans and leases outstanding were $46.8 million and FBEF had net income of $342,000 for the year ended
December 31, 2015 . This compares to a total investment of $6.9 million , gross loans and leases outstanding of $57.6 million and net income of $364,000 at and
for the year ended December 31, 2014 .
Rimrock Road Investment Fund, LLC . Rimrock, formerly known as FBB Real Estate, LLC, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB and was originally
formed in 2009 for the purpose of holding and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure or other legal proceedings. In 2014, Rimrock’s
purpose was changed to reflect its qualified equity investment in a Madison, Wisconsin community development project, including the financing and ownership of
a property that generates federal new market tax credits. FBB’s total investment in Rimrock at December 31, 2015 was $2.8 million and Rimrock had net income
of $249,000 for the year ended December 31, 2015 . This compares to a total investment of $2.6 million and a net income of $375,000 at and for the year ended
December 31, 2014 .
FBB-Milwaukee Real Estate, LLC. FBBMRE is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB – Milwaukee and was formed in 2009 for the purpose of holding
and liquidating real estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure or other legal proceedings. FBB-Milwaukee’s total investment in FBBMRE was $10,000
at December 31, 2015 and 2014 and FBBMRE had no income or loss for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
BOC Investment, LLC. BOC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB and was formed in 2015 for the purpose of reflecting its equity investment in a
Madison, Wisconsin historic development project. The investment provides federal historic
57
Table of Contents
tax credits upon the completion of the restoration project. At December 31, 2015 , the net carrying value of the investment was $578,000 .
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We expect to meet our liquidity needs through existing cash on hand, established cash flow sources, our third party senior line of credit and dividends
received from the Banks. While the Banks are subject to certain regulatory limitations regarding their ability to pay dividends to the Corporation, we do not believe
that the Corporation will be adversely affected by these dividend limitations. The Corporation’s principal liquidity requirements at December 31, 2015 were the
interest payments due on subordinated and junior subordinated notes. During 2015 and 2014 , FBB declared and paid dividends totaling $7.0 million and $8.0
million , respectively. The capital ratios of the Corporation and its subsidiaries met all applicable regulatory capital adequacy requirements in effect on
December 31, 2015 , and continue to meet the heightened requirements imposed by Basel III, including the capital conservation buffer that went into effect January
1, 2016. The Corporation’s and the Banks’ respective Boards of Directors and management teams adhere to the appropriate regulatory guidelines on decisions
which affect their capital positions, including but not limited to, decisions relating to the payment of dividends and increasing indebtedness.
The Banks maintain liquidity by obtaining funds from several sources. The Banks’ primary sources of funds are principal and interest payments on loans
receivable and mortgage-related securities, deposits and other borrowings, such as federal funds and FHLB advances. The scheduled payments of loans and
mortgage-related securities are generally a predictable source of funds. Deposit flows and loan prepayments, however, are greatly influenced by general interest
rates, economic conditions and competition.
We view on-balance-sheet liquidity as a critical element to maintaining adequate liquidity to meet our cash and collateral obligations. We define our on-
balance-sheet liquidity as the total of our short-term investments, our unencumbered securities available-for-sale and our unencumbered pledged loans. As of
December 31, 2015 and 2014 , our immediate on-balance-sheet liquidity was $331.5 million and $290.8 million , respectively. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 ,
the Banks had $84.9 million and $70.5 million on deposit with the FRB, respectively. Any excess funds not used for loan funding or satisfying other cash
obligations were maintained as part of our on-balance-sheet liquidity in our interest-bearing accounts with the FRB, as we value the safety and soundness provided
by the FRB. We plan to utilize excess liquidity to fund loan and lease portfolio growth, pay down maturing debt, allow run off of maturing wholesale certificates of
deposit, or invest in securities to maintain adequate liquidity at an improved margin.
We had $487.5 million of outstanding wholesale deposits at December 31, 2015 , compared to $427.3 million of wholesale deposits as of December 31,
2014 , which represented 30.9% and 29.7% , respectively, of ending balance total deposits. We are committed to our continued efforts to raise in-market deposits
while maintaining our overall target mix of wholesale deposits and in-market deposits. Wholesale deposits continue to be an efficient source of funding for the
Banks and allow them to gather funds across a larger geographic base at price levels and maturities that are more attractive than local time deposits when required
to raise a similar level of in-market deposits within a short time period. Access to such deposits allows us the flexibility to refrain from pursuing single service
deposit relationships in markets that have experienced unfavorable pricing levels. In addition, the administrative costs associated with wholesale deposits are
considerably lower than those that would be incurred to administer a similar level of local deposits with a similar maturity structure. During the time frames
necessary to accumulate wholesale deposits in an orderly manner, we will use FHLB short-term advances to meet our temporary funding needs. The FHLB short-
term advances will typically have terms of one week to one month to cover the overall expected funding demands.
Our in-market relationships remain stable; however, deposit balances associated with those relationships will fluctuate. We expect to establish new client
relationships and continue marketing efforts aimed at increasing the balances in existing clients’ deposit accounts. Nonetheless, we will continue to use wholesale
deposits in specific maturity periods, typically three to five years, needed to effectively mitigate the interest rate risk measured through our asset/liability
management process or in shorter time periods if in-market deposit balances decline. In order to provide for ongoing liquidity and funding, all of our wholesale
deposits are certificates of deposit which do not allow for withdrawal at the option of the depositor before the stated maturity with the exception of deposits
accumulated through the internet listing service which have the same early withdrawal privileges and fees as do our other in-market deposits. The Banks limit the
percentage of wholesale deposits to total deposits in accordance with liquidity policies approved by their respective Boards of Directors. The Corporation’s overall
operating range of wholesale deposits to total deposits is 30%-40%. The Banks were in compliance with their respective policy limits as of December 31, 2015
, and December 31, 2014 .
The Banks were able to access the wholesale deposit market as needed at rates and terms comparable to market standards during the year ended
December 31, 2015 . In the event that there is a disruption in the availability of wholesale
58
Table of Contents
deposits at maturity, the Banks have managed the maturity structure, in compliance with our approved liquidity policy, so at least one year of maturities could be
funded through on-balance-sheet liquidity. These potential funding sources include deposits maintained at the FRB and borrowings from the FHLB or Federal
Reserve Discount Window utilizing currently unencumbered securities and acceptable loans as collateral. As of December 31, 2015 , the available liquidity was in
excess of the stated policy minimum. As on-balance-sheet liquidity is utilized to fund growth, asset quality remains stable and the ratio of in-market deposits to
total deposits remains within an acceptable range, management may consider reducing the number of months of maturity coverage slightly while remaining
confident in its ability to manage the maturities of wholesale deposits in the event of a disruption in the wholesale market. We believe the Banks will also have
access to the unused federal funds lines, cash flows from borrower repayments and cash flows from security maturities. The Banks also have the ability to raise
local market deposits by offering attractive rates to generate the level required to fulfill their liquidity needs.
The Banks are required by federal regulation to maintain sufficient liquidity to ensure safe and sound operations. We believe that the Banks have
sufficient liquidity to match the balance of net withdrawable deposits and short-term borrowings in light of present economic conditions and deposit flows.
During the year ended December 31, 2015 , operating activities resulted in a net cash inflow of $23.2 million . Operating cash flows included net income
of $16.5 million . Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was approximately $149.6 million which consisted of cash outflows
to fund net loan growth and reinvestment of cash flows within purchases of additional securities available-for-sale offset by cash inflows from maturities,
redemptions and paydowns of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015
was $136.7 million primarily from net increases in deposits and the use of our unsecured senior line of credit for general operations and other temporary cash flow
mismatches, partially offset by cash dividends paid to shareholders.
Refer to Note 11 - Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital for a summary of the Corporation’s and the Banks’ capital ratios and the ratios
required by their federal regulators at December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2015 , the Banks had outstanding commitments to originate $512.6 million of loans and commitments to extend funds to or on behalf
of clients pursuant to standby letters of credit of $18.6 million . As of December 31, 2015 , the Banks had $251.8 million of commitments to extend funds which
extend beyond one year. We do not expect any losses as a result of these funding commitments. We have evaluated outstanding commitments associated with loans
that were identified as impaired loans and concluded that there are no additional losses required to be recorded with these unfunded commitments as of
December 31, 2015 . We believe that additional commitments will not be granted or additional collateral will be provided to support any additional funds
advanced. The Banks also utilize interest rate swaps for the purposes of interest rate risk management, as described further in Note 17 – Derivative Financial
Instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Additionally the Corporation has remaining commitments of $960,000 to Aldine Capital Fund, LP (“Aldine”) and $2.8 million to Aldine Capital Fund II,
LP (“Aldine II”), which are private equity mezzanine funding limited partnerships in which we have invested. Aldine began its operations in October 2006 and
Aldine II began its operations in March 2013.
We believe adequate capital and liquidity are available from various sources to fund projected commitments.
59
Table of Contents
Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations at December 31, 2015 :
Total
Less than 1
Year
Payments Due by Period
1-3 Years
4-5 Years
(In Thousands)
More than 5
Years
Operating lease obligations
$
10,944 $
1,227 $
2,119 $
2,080 $
Time deposits
Line of credit
Subordinated notes
Junior subordinated notes
FHLB advances and other borrowings
Total contractual obligations
2014 Compared to 2013
Top Line Revenue
567,469
2,510
22,926
10,315
8,197
190,305
2,510
—
—
190,183
147,357
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4,500
3,697
$
622,361 $
198,542 $
195,999 $
149,437 $
5,518
39,624
—
22,926
10,315
—
78,383
In 2014, top line revenue increased by approximately 11.2% from the prior year due in part to two months’ contribution from Alterra.
Return on Average Assets and Return on Average Equity
ROAA was 1.04% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 1.10% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in ROAA was
primarily due to relatively stable net income with a larger average asset base. Net income increased 2.9% year over year, primarily due to improved net interest
income and non-interest income, which reflects record trust and investment services fee income.
ROAE for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 11.78% compared to 13.12% for the year ended December 31, 2013. ROAE decreased as a result of
relatively stable net income with a larger average equity base primarily as a result of the acquisition of Alterra, in which we paid a combination of $13.5 million in
cash and 720,162 shares of our common stock on a post-split basis, which added $16.6 million to our equity.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income increased by $4.0 million, or 9.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. The increase in net
interest income during the year was primarily attributable to favorable volume variances from commercial and industrial loans, commercial real estate and other
mortgage loans and direct financing leases, although it was partially offset by an unfavorable rate variance on the loan and lease portfolio. The yield on average
earning assets for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 4.45% compared to 4.52% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decline in the yield on average
earning assets was principally due to the overall decline in the yield on the loan and lease portfolio which declined 19 basis points to 5.18% for the year
ended December 31, 2014 from 5.37% for the year ended December 31, 2013. A significant portion of the commercial real estate portfolio is comprised of fixed
rate loans with terms generally up to five years. As these loans reached their maturity in 2014 and 2013 they were renewed at current market rates, which were
generally lower than the original rate of the loan, and subject to competitive pricing pressures. As a result, the overall yield on the commercial real estate portfolio
continued to decline in 2014. The marketplace for commercial and industrial loans continued to be subject to competitive pricing pressures, contributing to the
decline in yield on this portfolio. Increased prepayment activity and the associated fees collected in lieu of interest partially offset the decline in yields on the loan
and lease portfolio. The average balance of the short-term investment portfolio was $67.3 million with a yield of 0.44% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as
compared to $59.7 million with a yield of 0.42% for the year ended December 31, 2013.
The overall weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities was 1.07% for the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of 11 basis points
from 1.18% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in the overall rate on the interest-bearing liabilities was primarily caused by the replacement of
certain maturing certificates of deposit, principally wholesale certificates of deposit, at lower current market rates partially offset by unfavorable volume-related
variances in wholesale certificates of deposits and money market deposits. The continued low rate environment combined with the maturity
60
Table of Contents
structure of our wholesale certificates of deposit provided us the opportunity to be able to manage our liability structure in both maturity terms and rate to deliver
an enhanced net interest margin during 2014 relative to 2013. Further, our continued success of attracting in-market non-interest bearing demand deposits through
new business relationships and increased client deposit balances contributed to the overall decline in our cost of funds. Average in-market client deposits -
comprised of all transaction accounts, money market accounts, and non-wholesale deposits - increased 11.2% to $791.8 million for the year ended December 31,
2014 from $712.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Net interest margin increased 2 basis points to 3.56% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 3.54% for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest income, consisting primarily of fees earned for trust and investment services, service charges on deposits, loan fee income, gain on sale of
loans and leases and income from bank-owned life insurance, increased by $1.7 million, or 19.7%, to $10.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014,
from $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Trust and investment services fee income increased by $678,000, or 18.1%, to $4.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $3.8
million for the year ended December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2014, our trust assets under management were $773.2 million, or 1.2% more than the trust assets
under management of $763.9 million at December 31, 2013, while our assets under administration declined approximately 4.4%, to $186.5 million at
December 31, 2014 from $195.1 million at December 31, 2013. During 2014 we underwent a strategic plan to change the mix of our business. We exited lower
margin business and added more relationships at wider margins, which was a major contributor to the 18.1% increase in revenue year over year.
Loan fees increased by approximately $282,000, or 21.8%, to $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $1.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2013. The increase in loan fees was primarily attributable to fees earned for issuing letters of credit on behalf of our clients.
Gain on sale of loans and leases for the year ended December 31, 2014 totaled $392,000, an increase of $392,000 from the year ended December 31,
2013, which was attributable to the gain on sale of the guaranteed portion of originated SBA loans, a new source of non-interest income resulting from the
acquisition of Alterra.
Other non-interest income decreased by $27,000, or 6.8%, to $369,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $396,000 for the year
ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in other income was primarily due to a non-recurring item recorded in 2013 relating to fees earned upon early termination
of interest rate swaps with various clients.
Non-Interest Expense
Non-interest expense increased by $3.4 million, or 11.2%, to $33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $30.4 million for the comparable
period of 2013, primarily due to an increase in compensation and professional fees, partially offset by a decrease in other expenses due to a $1.3 million
contribution in 2013 to the First Business Charitable Foundation (the “Foundation”).
Compensation expense increased by $3.2 million, or 17.5%, to $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $18.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2013. The increase in compensation expense was primarily due to two months’ contribution from Alterra, annual merit increases and new
staff hired in support of strategic initiatives. The number of full-time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 215 and 145, respectively. The
increase was the result of new employees gained from the acquisition of Alterra.
Professional fees expense increased by $1.4 million, or 73.0%, to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $2.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 2013. The increase in professional fees was primarily due to specifically identified costs totaling $990,000 related to the acquisition of
Alterra.
During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we recognized a net gain on foreclosed properties of $10,000 and $117,000 respectively.
Other non-interest expense decreased by $2.2 million, or 48.2%, to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $4.7 million for the
same time period of 2013. The decrease in other non-interest expense was primarily due to a one-time endowment to the Foundation in the amount of $1.3 million
in 2013.
61
Table of Contents
Income Taxes
Income tax expense was $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The overall
decrease in tax expense is primarily due to usage of federal new market tax credits, partially offset by an increased level of pre-tax income in comparison to the
prior year. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2014 was 33.4% compared to 35.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013. During the fourth
quarter of 2014, we invested in a federal new market tax credit that reduced our tax expense by $375,000. We did not utilize any federal new market tax credits in
2013.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. By their nature, changes in these assumptions and estimates could significantly affect the financial position or results of
operations for FBFS. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Discussed below are certain policies that are critical to FBFS. We view critical accounting
policies to be those which are highly dependent on subjective or complex judgments, estimates, and assumptions, and where changes in those estimates and
assumptions could have a significant impact on the financial statements.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses represents our recognition of the risks of extending credit and our
evaluation of the quality of the loan and lease portfolio and as such, requires the use of judgment as well as other systematic objective and quantitative methods
which may include additional assumptions and estimates. The risks of extending credit and the accuracy of our evaluation of the quality of the loan and lease
portfolio are neither static nor mutually exclusive and could result in a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements. We may over-estimate the
quality of the loan and lease portfolio resulting in a lower allowance for loan and lease losses than necessary, overstating net income and equity. Conversely, we
may under-estimate the quality of the loan and lease portfolio, resulting in a higher allowance for loan and lease losses than necessary, understating net income and
equity. The allowance for loan and lease losses is a valuation allowance for probable credit losses, increased by the provision for loan and lease losses and
decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. We estimate the allowance reserve balance required and the related provision for loan and lease losses based on
monthly evaluations of the loan and lease portfolio, with particular attention paid to loans and leases that have been specifically identified as needing additional
management analysis because of the potential for further problems. During these evaluations, consideration is also given to such factors as the level and
composition of impaired and other non-performing loans and leases, historical loss experience, results of examinations by regulatory agencies, independent loan
and lease reviews, our estimate of the fair value of the underlying collateral taking into consideration various valuation techniques and qualitative adjustments to
inputs to those estimates of fair value, the strength and availability of guarantees, concentration of credits and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be
made for specific loans or leases, but the entire allowance is available for any loan or lease that, in our judgment, should be charged off. Loan and lease losses are
charged against the allowance when we believe that the uncollectability of a loan or lease balance is confirmed. See Note 1 – Nature of Operations and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
We also continue to exercise our legal rights and remedies as appropriate in the collection and disposal of non-performing assets, and adhere to rigorous
underwriting standards in our origination process in order to continue to maintain strong asset quality. Although we believe that the allowance for loan and lease
losses was appropriate as of December 31, 2015 based upon the evaluation of loan and lease delinquencies, non-performing assets, charge-off trends, economic
conditions and other factors, there can be no assurance that future adjustments to the allowance will not be necessary. If the quality of loans or leases deteriorates,
then the allowance for loan and lease losses would generally be expected to increase relative to total loans and leases. If loan or lease quality improves, then the
allowance would generally be expected to decrease relative to total loans and leases.
Goodwill Impairment Assessment. Goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis, and more frequently
if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. The Corporation
conducted its most recent annual impairment test in July 2015, utilizing a qualitative assessment. See Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies for the Corporation's accounting policy on goodwill and see Note 6 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, of the notes to
consolidated financial statements, for a detailed discussion of the factors considered by management in the qualitative assessment. Based on this assessment,
management concluded that the 2015 annual qualitative impairment assessment indicated that it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value exceeded the
carrying value (including goodwill) for the reporting unit. Therefore, a step one quantitative analysis was not required. There were no events since the July 2015
impairment testing that have changed the Corporation's impairment assessment conclusion.
62
Table of Contents
Income Taxes. FBFS and its wholly owned subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return, a combined Wisconsin state tax return and a Kansas
state tax return. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts
of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. The determination of current and deferred income taxes is based on complex analysis of many
factors, including the interpretation of federal and state income tax laws, the difference between the tax and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities
(temporary differences), estimates of amounts currently due or owed, such as the timing of reversals of temporary differences, and current accounting standards.
We apply a more likely than not approach to each of our tax positions when determining the amount of tax benefit to record in our Consolidated Financial
Statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary
differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred taxes is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date. We have made our best estimate of valuation allowances utilizing positive and negative evidence and evaluation of sources of taxable income
including tax planning strategies and expected reversals of timing differences to determine if valuation allowances were needed for deferred tax assets. Realization
of deferred tax assets over time is dependent on our ability to generate sufficient taxable earnings in future periods and a valuation allowance may be necessary if
management determines that it is more likely than not that the deferred asset will not be utilized. These estimates and assumptions are subject to change. Changes
in these estimates and assumptions could adversely affect future consolidated results of operations. The Corporation believes the tax assets and liabilities are
properly recorded in the consolidated financial statements. See also Note 16 – Income Taxes, of the notes to consolidated financial statements.
The federal and state taxing authorities who make assessments based on their determination of tax laws may periodically review our interpretation of
federal and state income tax laws. Tax liabilities could differ significantly from the estimates and interpretations used in determining the current and deferred
income tax liabilities based on the completion of examinations by taxing authorities.
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which arises from exposure of our financial position to changes in interest rates. It is our strategy to reduce
the impact of interest rate risk on net interest margin by maintaining a favorable match between the maturities and repricing dates of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities. This strategy is monitored by the respective Banks’ Asset/Liability Management Committees, in accordance with policies approved by
the respective Banks’ Boards. These committees meet regularly to review the sensitivity of their respective Bank’s assets and liabilities to changes in interest rates,
liquidity needs and sources, and pricing and funding strategies.
We use two techniques to measure interest rate risk. The first is simulation of earnings. In this measurement technique the balance sheet is modeled as an
ongoing entity whereby future growth, pricing, and funding assumptions are implemented. These assumptions are modeled under different rate scenarios that
include a simultaneous, instant and sustained change in interest rates.
The following table illustrates the potential impact of changes in market rates on our net interest income for the next twelve months, as of December 31,
2015 . Given the current low interest rate environment, we do not expect that interest rates will fall by greater than 50 basis points from December 31, 2015 levels.
Change in interest rates in basis points
Impact on net interest income
Down 50
No Change
Up 100
Up 200
Up 300
Up 400
(2.82)%
—
2.30%
8.22%
14.23%
20.25%
The second measurement technique used is static gap analysis. Gap analysis involves measurement of the difference in asset and liability repricing on a
cumulative basis within a specified time frame. In general, a positive gap indicates that more interest-earning assets than interest-bearing liabilities reprice/mature
in a time frame and a negative gap indicates the opposite. As shown in the cumulative gap position in the table presented below, at December 31, 2015 , our
interest-bearing liabilities have the general characteristics that will allow them to reprice faster than interest-earning assets over the next 12 months while our
interest-earning assets will reprice faster than interest-bearing-liabilities thereafter. In addition to the gap position, other determinants of net interest income are the
shape of the yield curve, general rate levels and the corresponding effect of contractual interest rate floors, reinvestment spreads, balance sheet growth and mix,
and interest rate spreads. Our success in attracting in-market deposits adds to the interest rate liability sensitivity of the organization.
63
Table of Contents
We manage the structure of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities by adjusting their mix, yield, maturity and/or repricing characteristics
based on market conditions. Wholesale certificates of deposit are a significant source of funds. We use a variety of maturities to augment our management of
interest rate exposure. Currently, we do not employ any derivatives to assist in managing our interest rate risk exposure; however, management has the
authorization, as permitted within applicable approved policies, and ability to utilize such instruments should they be appropriate to manage interest rate exposure.
The following table illustrates our static gap position.
Assets:
Short-term investments
Investment securities
Commercial loans
Real estate loans
Asset-based loans
Lease receivables
Consumer loans
Total earning assets
Liabilities
Interest-bearing transaction
Money market accounts
Time deposits under $250,000
Time deposits $250,000 and over
FHLB advances
Short-term borrowings
Long-term debt
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Interest rate gap
Cumulative interest rate gap
Within 3 months
3-12 months
1-5 years
After 5 years
Total
Estimated Maturity or Repricing at December 31, 2015
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
94,819
13,058
207,247
311,966
174,922
894
776
$
3,125
$
980
$
— $
30,810
30,351
93,972
97,707
84,116
360,976
—
—
3,780
59
11,927
871
36,105
11,060
119,432
—
920
1
98,924
177,680
332,774
886,346
174,922
17,521
1,707
$
803,682
$
162,097
$
556,577
$
167,518
$
1,689,874
— $
—
— $
—
$
165,921
$
612,642
34,533
5,998
1,500
2,510
2,628
146,260
3,672
3,000
—
—
$
$
$
825,732
(22,050)
(22,050)
$
$
$
152,932
9,165
(12,885)
$
$
$
336,598
785
3,500
—
21,215
362,098
194,479
181,594
$
$
$
165,921
612,642
557,015
10,455
8,000
2,510
34,833
$
$
1,391,376
298,498
— $
—
39,624
—
—
—
10,990
50,614
116,904
298,498
Cumulative interest rate gap to total earning assets
(1.30)%
(0.76)%
10.75%
17.66%
64
Table of Contents
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES
Consolidated Financial Statements
Page No.
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
65
66
67
68
69
70
72
123
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
Assets
Cash and due from banks
Short-term investments
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available-for-sale, at fair value
Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost
Loans held for sale
Loans and leases receivable, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $16,316 and $14,329,
respectively
Premises and equipment, net
Foreclosed properties
Cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost
Accrued interest receivable and other assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders’ equity:
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
$
14,640 $
98,924
113,564
140,548
37,282
2,702
14,881
88,356
103,237
144,698
41,563
1,340
1,414,649
1,265,098
3,954
1,677
28,298
2,843
24,882
12,493
3,943
1,693
27,314
2,340
26,217
11,944
$
$
1,782,892 $
1,629,387
1,577,231 $
1,438,268
35,226
10,315
9,288
33,994
10,315
9,062
1,632,060
1,491,639
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 2,500,000 shares authorized, none issued or outstanding
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized, 8,922,375 and 9,074,852 shares issued,
8,699,410 and 8,671,854 shares outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
Treasury stock (222,965 and 201,499 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively), at cost
—
89
76,549
80,584
(80)
(6,310)
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
150,832
1,782,892 $
—
45
74,963
67,886
218
(5,364)
137,748
1,629,387
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
66
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
Non-interest income
Trust and investment services fee income
Gain on sale of SBA loans
Gain on sale of residential mortgage loans
Service charges on deposits
Loan fees
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
Table of Contents
Interest income
Loans and leases
Securities income
Short-term investments
Total interest income
Interest expense
Deposits
Notes payable and other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan and lease losses
Other
Total non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Compensation
Occupancy
Professional fees
Data processing
Marketing
Equipment
FDIC insurance
Collateral liquidation costs
Net gain on foreclosed properties
Other
Total non-interest expense
Income before income tax expense
Income tax expense
Net income
Earnings per common share:
Basic
Diluted
Dividends declared per share
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
$
69,135 $
2,962
374
72,471
10,877
1,842
1,112
13,831
58,640
3,386
55,254
4,954
3,999
729
2,812
2,187
960
1,370
54,047 $
3,342
312
57,701
9,470
989
1,112
11,571
46,130
1,236
44,894
4,434
318
74
2,469
1,577
862
369
17,011
10,103
28,543
1,973
4,893
2,378
2,585
1,230
920
472
(171)
4,551
47,374
24,891
8,377
21,477
1,391
3,405
1,710
1,662
650
758
320
(10)
2,412
33,775
21,222
7,083
50,238
3,315
257
53,810
9,739
855
1,111
11,705
42,105
(959)
43,064
3,756
—
—
2,150
1,295
845
396
8,442
18,278
1,268
1,968
1,500
1,355
528
741
196
(117)
4,654
30,371
21,135
7,389
13,746
1.75
1.74
0.28
$
$
16,514 $
14,139 $
1.90 $
1.90
0.44
1.76 $
1.75
0.42
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
67
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Net income
Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
Securities available-for-sale:
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
$
16,514 $
14,139 $
13,746
Unrealized securities (losses) gains arising during the period
(719)
1,619
(4,092)
Securities held-to-maturity:
Unrealized losses transferred during the period
Amortization of net unrealized losses transferred
Income tax benefit (expense)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income
Comprehensive income
—
233
188
(298)
(874)
167
(352)
560
$
16,216 $
14,699 $
—
—
1,567
(2,525)
11,221
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
68
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
Common
shares
outstanding
Common
stock
Additional
paid-in
capital
Retained
earnings
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
Treasury
stock
Total
(In Thousands, Except Share Data)
Balance at December 31, 2012
7,833,334 $
40 $
53,504 $
45,599 $
2,183
$
(1,787) $
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Exercise of stock options
Share-based compensation - restricted shares
Share-based compensation - tax benefits
Cash dividends ($0.28 per share)
Treasury stock purchased
Balance at December 31, 2013
Net income
Other comprehensive income
Issuance of common stock
Exercise of stock options
Share-based compensation - restricted shares
Share-based compensation - tax benefits
Cash dividends ($0.42 per share)
Treasury stock purchased
Balance at December 31, 2014
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Common stock dividends
Exercise of stock options
Share-based compensation - restricted shares
Share-based compensation - tax benefits
Cash dividends ($0.44 per share)
Treasury stock purchased
Balance at December 31, 2015
—
—
139,368
50,060
—
—
(134,768)
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,473
660
365
—
—
13,746
—
—
—
—
(2,202)
—
—
(2,525)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,782)
99,539
13,746
(2,525)
1,474
660
365
(2,202)
(1,782)
7,887,994 $
41 $
56,002 $
57,143 $
(342)
$
(3,569) $
109,275
—
—
720,162
78,000
64,522
—
—
(78,824)
—
—
3
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
16,554
936
887
584
—
—
14,139
—
—
—
—
—
(3,396)
—
—
560
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1,795)
14,139
560
16,557
937
887
584
(3,396)
(1,795)
8,671,854 $
45 $
74,963 $
67,886 $
218
$
(5,364) $
137,748
—
—
—
24,000
45,347
—
—
(41,791)
8,699,410 $
—
—
44
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(44)
300
1,063
267
—
—
16,514
—
—
—
—
—
(3,816)
—
—
(298)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(946)
16,514
(298)
—
300
1,063
267
(3,816)
(946)
89
$
76,549
$
80,584
$
(80)
$
(6,310)
$
150,832
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
69
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Operating activities
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred income taxes, net
Provision for loan and lease losses
Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net
Share-based compensation
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
Origination of loans for sale
Sale of loans originated for sale
Gain on sale of loans originated for sale
Net gain on foreclosed properties, including impairment valuation
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
Investing activities
Proceeds from maturities, redemptions and paydowns of available-for-sale securities
Proceeds from maturities, redemptions and paydowns of held-to-maturity securities
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed properties
Net increase in loans and leases
Net cash associated with the Alterra Bank acquisition
Investment in community historic and development entities
Investments in limited partnerships
Distributions from limited partnerships
Investment in FHLB and FRB Stock
Proceeds from sale of FHLB Stock
Purchases of leasehold improvements and equipment, net
Proceeds from sale of leasehold improvements and equipment, net
Increase in bank owned life insurance policies
Premium payment on bank owned life insurance policies
Net cash used in investing activities
Financing activities
Net increase in deposits
Repayment of FHLB advances
Increase in FHLB advances
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowed funds
Net increase in long-term borrowed funds
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated notes payable, net of issuance costs
Repayment of subordinated notes payable
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
Common stock issuance
Cash dividends paid
Exercise of stock options
Purchase of treasury stock
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
$
16,514 $
14,139 $
13,746
1,158
3,386
(90)
1,063
(960)
(70,254)
77,333
(4,728)
(171)
(267)
(1,033)
1,269
23,220
42,899
4,349
(40,721)
528
(155,204)
—
(578)
—
459
(1,352)
849
(789)
—
—
(25)
1,389
1,236
1,870
887
(862)
(9,392)
6,651
(392)
(10)
(584)
(5,448)
2,390
11,874
44,148
2,211
(52,947)
255
(299,095)
(11,957)
(7,500)
(1,000)
722
(1,459)
373
(3,190)
—
(3,285)
(25)
2,428
(959)
2,322
660
(845)
—
—
—
(117)
(365)
2,713
(3,681)
15,902
62,520
—
(48,048)
2,739
(70,912)
—
—
(1,250)
672
(1,185)
1,074
(531)
30
—
(25)
(149,585)
(332,749)
(54,916)
139,469
(1,000)
—
1,500
918
—
—
267
—
(3,816)
300
(946)
136,692
10,327
308,413
—
9,383
1,000
675
14,469
(4,000)
584
16,557
(3,396)
936
(1,795)
342,826
21,951
37,601
(469)
—
—
—
—
—
365
—
(2,475)
1,474
(1,782)
34,714
(4,300)
70
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
Supplementary cash flow information
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest paid on deposits and borrowings
Income taxes paid
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Transfer of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity
Transfer of loans from held-to-maturity to held-for-sale
Unrealized loss on transfer of securities from available-for-sale to held-to-maturity
Foreclosed properties acquired in acquisition, at fair value
Transfer to foreclosed properties
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
103,237
81,286
$
113,564 $
103,237 $
$
13,639 $
5,668
11,048 $
7,221
—
4,336
—
—
341
44,587
—
(874)
1,605
—
85,586
81,286
12,365
6,089
—
—
—
—
1,381
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
71
Table of Contents
First Business Financial Services, Inc.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 – Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Operations. The accounting and reporting practices of First Business Financial Services, Inc. (the “Corporation”), its wholly-owned subsidiaries, First
Business Bank (“FBB”), First Business Bank – Milwaukee (“FBB – Milwaukee”) and Alterra Bank (“Alterra”) have been prepared in accordance with U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). FBB, FBB – Milwaukee and Alterra are sometimes referred to together as the “Banks.” FBB operates as a
commercial banking institution in the Madison, Wisconsin market, consisting primarily of Dane County and the surrounding areas, with loan production offices in
Oshkosh, Appleton, Green Bay and Manitowoc,Wisconsin. FBB also offers trust and investment services through First Business Trust & Investments (“FBTI”), a
division of FBB. FBB – Milwaukee operates as a commercial banking institution in the Milwaukee, Wisconsin market, consisting primarily of Waukesha County
and the surrounding areas, with a loan production office in Kenosha, Wisconsin. Alterra operates as a commercial banking institution in the Kansas City market
and the surrounding areas. The Banks provide a full range of financial services to businesses, business owners, executives, professionals and high net worth
individuals. The Banks are subject to competition from other financial institutions and service providers and are also subject to state and federal regulations. FBB
has the following wholly-owned subsidiaries: First Business Capital Corp. (“FBCC”), First Madison Investment Corp. (“FMIC”), First Business Equipment
Finance, LLC (“FBEF”), Rimrock Road Investment Fund, LLC (“Rimrock Road”) and BOC Investment, LLC (“BOC”). FMIC is located in and was formed under
the laws of the state of Nevada. FBB-Milwaukee has one subsidiary, FBB – Milwaukee Real Estate, LLC (“FBBMRE”).
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. In
accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, the Corporation’s ownership interest in FBFS Statutory Trust II (“Trust
II”) has not been consolidated into the financial statements. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Management of the Corporation is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could
differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that could experience significant changes in the near-term include the value of foreclosed property,
lease residuals, property under operating leases, securities, income taxes and the level of the allowance for loan and lease losses. Certain amounts in prior periods
may have been reclassified to conform to current presentation. Subsequent events have been evaluated through the issuance of the Consolidated Financial
Statements. No significant subsequent events have occurred through this date requiring adjustment to the financial statements or disclosures.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. The Corporation considers federal funds sold, interest-bearing deposits and short-term investments that have original maturities of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Securities. The Corporation classifies its investment and mortgage-related securities as available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and trading. Debt securities that the
Corporation has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and are stated at amortized cost. Debt and equity securities
bought expressly for the purpose of selling in the near term are classified as trading securities and are measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses
reported in earnings. Debt and equity securities not classified as held-to-maturity or as trading are classified as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are
measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, net of tax. Realized gains and losses, and declines
in value judged to be other than temporary, are included in the consolidated statements of income as a component of non-interest income. The cost of securities
sold is based on the specific identification method. The Corporation did not hold any trading securities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
Discounts and premiums on investment and mortgage-backed securities are accreted and amortized into interest income using the effective yield method over the
weighted average life of the securities.
Declines in the fair value of investment securities (with certain exceptions for debt securities noted below) that are deemed to be other-than-temporary are charged
to earnings as a realized loss, and a new cost basis for the securities is established. In evaluating other-than-temporary impairment, management considers the
length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of
the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in the near term. Declines in
the fair value of debt securities below amortized cost are deemed to be other-than-temporary in circumstances where: (1) the Corporation has the intent to sell a
security; (2) it is more likely than not that the Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis; or (3) the Corporation
does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security. If the Corporation intends to sell a security or if it is more likely than not that the
72
Table of Contents
Corporation will be required to sell the security before recovery, an other-than-temporary impairment write-down is recognized in earnings equal to the difference
between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value. If the Corporation does not intend to sell the security or it is not more likely than not that it will be
required to sell the security before recovery, the other-than-temporary impairment write-down is separated into an amount representing credit loss, which is
recognized in earnings, and an amount related to all other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Loans Held for Sale. Residential real estate loans and the guaranteed portion of SBA loans which are originated and intended for sale in the secondary market in
the foreseeable future are classified as held for sale. These loans are carried at the lower of cost or estimated market value in the aggregate. As assets specifically
originated for sale, the origination of, disposition of, and gain/loss on these loans are classified as operating activities in the statement of cash flows. Fees received
from the borrower and direct costs to originate the loan are deferred and recognized as part of the gain or loss on sale. There was $2.7 million and $1.3 million in
loans held for sale outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Loans and Leases. Loans and leases which management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are reported at their
outstanding principal balance with adjustments for partial charge-offs, the allowance for loan and lease losses, deferred fees or costs on originated loans and leases,
and unamortized premiums or discounts on any purchased loans. Loans originated or purchased and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the
lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Unrealized losses on such loans are recognized through a valuation allowance by a charge to other non-
interest income. Gains and losses on the sale of loans are also included in other non-interest income.
A loan or a lease is accounted for as a troubled debt restructuring if the Corporation, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s financial condition,
grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. A troubled debt restructuring may involve the receipt of assets from the debtor in partial
or full satisfaction of the loan or lease, or a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or face amount of the loan or lease, a reduction of
accrued interest, an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan or lease with similar risk, or some
combination of these concessions. Restructured loans can involve loans remaining on non-accrual, moving to non-accrual, or continuing on accrual status,
depending on individual facts and circumstances. Non-accrual restructured loans are included and treated with all other non-accrual loans. In addition, all accruing
restructured loans are reported as troubled debt restructurings which are considered and accounted for as impaired loans. Generally, restructured loans remain on
non-accrual until the borrower has attained a sustained period of repayment performance under the modified loan terms (generally a minimum of six months).
However, performance prior to the restructuring, or significant events that coincide with the restructuring, are considered in assessing whether the borrower can
meet the new terms and whether the loan should be returned to or maintained on accrual status. If the borrower’s ability to meet the revised payment schedule is
not reasonably assured, the loan remains on non-accrual.
Interest on non-impaired loans and leases is accrued and credited to income on a daily basis based on the unpaid principal balance and is calculated using the
effective interest method. Per policy, a loan or a lease is considered impaired and placed on a non-accrual status when it becomes 90 days past due or it is doubtful
that contractual principal and interest will be collected in accordance with the terms of the contract. A loan or lease is determined to be past due if the borrower
fails to meet a contractual payment and will continue to be considered past due until all contractual payments are received. When a loan or lease is placed on non-
accrual, the interest accrual is discontinued and previously accrued but uncollected interest is deducted from interest income. If collectability of the contractual
principal and interest is in doubt, payments received are first applied to reduce loan principal. If collectability of the contractual payments is not in doubt, payments
may be applied to interest for interest amounts due on a cash basis. As soon as it is determined with certainty that the principal of an impaired loan or lease is
uncollectable either through collections from the borrower or disposition of the underlying collateral, the portion of the carrying balance that exceeds the estimated
measurement value of the loan or lease is charged off. Loans or leases are returned to accrual status when they are brought current in terms of both principal and
accrued interest due, have performed in accordance with contractual terms for a reasonable period of time, and when the ultimate collectability of total contractual
principal and interest is no longer doubtful.
Transfers of assets, including but not limited to participation interests in originated loans, that upon completion of the transfer satisfy the conditions to be reported
as a sale, including legal isolation, are derecognized from the Consolidated Financial Statements. Transfers of assets that upon completion of the transfer do not
meet the conditions of a sale are recorded on a gross basis with a secured borrowing identified to reflect the amount of the transferred interest.
Loan and lease origination fees as well as certain direct origination costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to loan yields over the stated term of the loan
or lease. Loans or leases that result from a refinance or restructuring, other than a troubled debt restructuring, where terms are at least as favorable to the
Corporation as the terms for comparable loans to other borrowers with similar collection risks and result in an essentially new loan or lease, are accounted for as a
new loan or lease. Any unamortized net fees, costs, or penalties are recognized when the new loan or lease is originated. Unamortized net loan or lease fees or costs
for loans and leases that result from a refinance or restructure with only minor modifications to the original
73
Table of Contents
loan or lease contract are carried forward as a part of the net investment in the new loan or lease. For troubled debt restructurings all fees received in connection
with a modification of terms are applied as a reduction of the loan or lease and any related costs, including direct loan origination costs, are charged to expense as
incurred.
The Corporation purchased an individual loan in 2013 and a group of loans in connection with the Alterra acquisition which have shown evidence of credit
deterioration since origination. These purchased loans are recorded at fair value, such that there is no carryover of the seller’s allowance for loan losses. After
acquisition, losses are recognized by an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Such purchased loans are accounted for individually. The Corporation estimates
the amount and timing of expected cash flows for each purchased loan, and the expected cash flows in excess of fair value are recorded as interest income over the
remaining life of the loan (accretable yield). The excess of the loan’s contractual principal and interest over expected cash flows is not recorded (nonaccretable
difference).
Over the life of the loan, expected cash flows continue to be estimated. If the present value of expected cash flows is less than the carrying amount, a provision for
loan loss is recorded. If the present value of expected cash flows is greater than the carrying amount, it is recognized as part of future interest income.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level that management deems appropriate to absorb probable
and estimable losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolios. The methodology applied for determining inherent losses stems from current risk characteristics of
the loan and lease portfolio, an assessment of individual impaired and other problem loans and leases, actual loss experience and adverse situations that may affect
the borrower’s ability to repay. The methodology also focuses on evaluation of several factors for each portfolio category, including but not limited to:
management’s ongoing review and grading of the loan and lease portfolios, consideration of delinquency experience, changes in the size of the loan and lease
portfolios, existing economic conditions, level of loans and leases subject to more frequent review by management, changes in underlying collateral, concentrations
of loans to specific industries, and other qualitative and quantitative factors that could affect credit losses. Some impaired and other loans and leases have risk
characteristics that are unique to an individual borrower and the loss must be estimated on an individual basis. Other impaired and problem loans and leases may
have risk characteristics similar to other loans and leases and bear similar inherent risk of loss. Such loans and leases, which are not individually reviewed and
measured for impairment, are aggregated and historical loss statistics are used to determine the risk of loss.
The measurement of the estimate of loss is reliant upon historical experience, information about the ability of the individual debtor to pay and the appraisal of loan
collateral in light of current economic conditions. An estimate of loss is an approximation of what portion of all amounts receivable, according to the contractual
terms of that receivable, is deemed uncollectible. Determination of the allowance is inherently subjective because it requires estimation of amounts and timing of
expected future cash flows on impaired and other problem loans and leases, estimation of losses on types of loans and leases based on historical losses and
consideration of current economic trends, both local and national. Based on management’s periodic review using all previously mentioned pertinent factors, a
provision for loan and lease losses is charged to expense when it is determined an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses is appropriate. A negative
provision for loan and lease losses may be recognized if management determines a reduction in the level of allowance for loan and lease losses is appropriate. Loan
and lease losses are charged against the allowance and recoveries are credited to the allowance.
The allowance for loan and lease losses contains specific allowances established for expected losses on impaired loans and leases. Impaired loans and leases are
defined as loans and leases for which, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Corporation will be unable to collect scheduled principal and
interest payments according to the contractual terms of the loan or lease agreement. Loans and leases subject to impairment are defined as non-accrual and
restructured loans and leases.
Impaired loans and leases are evaluated on an individual basis to determine the amount of specific reserve or charge-off required, if any. Smaller balance
(individually less than $50,000) loans and leases are collectively evaluated for impairment as allowed under applicable accounting standards.
The measurement value of impaired loans and leases is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective
interest rate (the contractual interest rate adjusted for any net deferred loan fees or costs, premium, or discount existing at the origination or acquisition of the loan),
the market price of the loan or lease, or the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell, if the loan or lease is collateral dependent. A loan or lease is
collateral dependent if repayment is expected to be provided principally by the underlying collateral. A loan’s effective interest rate may change over the life of the
loan based on subsequent changes in rates or indices or may be fixed at the rate in effect at the date the loan was determined to be impaired.
Subsequent to the initial impairment, any significant change in the amount or timing of an impaired loan or lease’s future cash flows will result in a reassessment
of the valuation allowance to determine if an adjustment is necessary. Measurements based
74
Table of Contents
on observable market price or fair value of the collateral may change over time and require a reassessment of the valuation allowance if there is a significant
change in either measurement base. Any increase in the present value of expected future cash flows attributable to the passage of time is recorded as interest
income accrued on the net carrying amount of the loan or lease at the effective interest rate used to discount the impaired loan or lease’s estimated future cash
flows. For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , no interest income was recognized due to the increase of the present value of future cash flows
attributable to the passage of time. Any change in present value attributable to changes in the amount or timing of expected future cash flows is recorded as loan
loss expense in the same manner in which impairment was initially recognized or as a reduction of loan loss expense that otherwise would be reported. Where the
level of loan or lease impairment is measured using observable market price or fair value of collateral, any change in the observable market price of an impaired
loan or lease or fair value of the collateral of an impaired collateral-dependent loan or lease is recorded as loan loss expense in the same manner in which
impairment was initially recognized. Any increase in the observable market value of the impaired loan or lease or fair value of the collateral in an impaired
collateral-dependent loan or lease is recorded as a reduction in the amount of loan loss expense that otherwise would be reported.
Net Investment in Direct Financing Leases. Net investment in direct financing lease agreements represents total undiscounted payments plus estimated
unguaranteed residual value (approximating 3% to 20% of the cost of the related equipment) and is recorded as lease receivables when the lease is signed and the
leased property is delivered to the client. The excess of the minimum lease payments and residual values over the cost of the equipment is recorded as unearned
lease income. Unearned lease income is recognized over the term of the lease on a basis which results in an approximate level rate of return on the unrecovered
lease investment. Lease payments are recorded when due under the lease contract. Residual values are established at lease inception equal to the estimated value to
be received from the equipment following termination of the initial lease and such estimated value considers all relevant information and circumstances regarding
the equipment. In estimating the equipment’s fair value at lease termination, the Corporation relies on internally or externally prepared appraisals, published
sources of used equipment prices and historical experience adjusted for known current industry and economic trends. The Corporation’s estimates are periodically
reviewed to ensure reasonableness; however, the amounts the Corporation will ultimately realize could differ from the estimated amounts. When there are other
than temporary declines in the Corporation’s carrying amount of the unguaranteed residual value, the carrying value is reduced and charged to non-interest
expense.
Operating Leases. Machinery and equipment are leased to clients under operating leases and are recorded at cost. Equipment under such leases is depreciated over
the estimated useful life or term of the lease, if shorter. The impairment loss, if any, would be charged to expense in the period it becomes evident. Rental income
is recorded on the straight-line accrual basis as other non-interest income.
Leasehold Improvements and Equipment. The cost of capitalized leasehold improvements is amortized on the straight-line method over the lesser of the term of
the respective lease or estimated economic life. Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization which is calculated by the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of three to ten years. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Improvements which extend the
useful life are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the assets.
Foreclosed Properties. Property acquired by repossession, foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is carried at the lower of the recorded investment in the
loan at the time of acquisition or the fair value of the underlying property, less costs to sell. Any write-down in the carrying value of a loan or lease at the time of
acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Any subsequent write-downs to reflect current fair value, as well as gains and losses on
disposition and revenues are recorded in non-interest expense. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property are capitalized while holding
period costs are charged to other non-interest expense.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance. Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) is reported at the amount that would be realized if the life insurance policies were surrendered
on the balance sheet date. BOLI policies owned by the Banks are purchased with the objective to fund certain future employee benefit costs with the death benefit
proceeds. The cash surrender value of such policies is recorded in cash surrender value of life insurance on the consolidated balance sheets and changes in the
value are recorded in non-interest income. The total death benefit of all of the BOLI policies was $67.1 million as of December 31, 2015 . There are no restrictions
on the use of BOLI proceeds nor are there any contractual restrictions on the ability to surrender the policy. As of each of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , there
were no borrowings against the cash surrender value of the BOLI policies.
Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) Stock. The Banks are required to maintain FHLB stock as members of the FHLB,
and in amounts as required by these institutions. Alterra, as a state chartered member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City, is required to own shares of FRB
stock. These equity securities are “restricted” in that they can only be sold back to the respective institutions or another member institution at par. Therefore, they
are less liquid than other marketable equity securities and their fair value is equal to cost. At December 31, 2015 , and 2014 , the Banks had FHLB stock of $1.8
million . Alterra had FRB stock of $1.1 million and $533,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
75
Table of Contents
The Corporation periodically evaluates its holding in FHLB and FRB stock for impairment. Should the stock be impaired, it would be written down to its estimated
fair value. There were no impairments recorded on FHLB and FRB stock during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. The excess of the cost of the acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired consists primarily of goodwill, core
deposit intangibles and loan servicing rights. Core deposit intangibles have estimated finite lives and are amortized on an accelerated basis to expense over a period
of seven years. Loan servicing rights, when purchased, are initially recorded at fair value and subsequently amortized in proportion to and over the period of
estimated net servicing income. The Corporation reviews other intangible assets for impairment at least annually, or whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, in which case an impairment charge would be recorded.
Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis, and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would
more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount (including goodwill). An initial qualitative evaluation is made to assess
the likelihood of impairment and determine whether further quantitative testing to calculate the fair value is necessary. When the qualitative evaluation indicates
that impairment is more likely than not, quantitative testing is required whereby the fair value of each reporting unit is calculated and compared to the recorded
book value, “step one.” If the calculated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is not considered impaired and “step two” is not
considered necessary. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its calculated fair value, the impairment test continues (“step two”) by comparing the
carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied fair value is computed by adjusting all assets and liabilities of the
reporting unit to current fair value with the offset adjustment to goodwill. The adjusted goodwill balance is the implied fair value of the goodwill. An impairment
charge is recognized if the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill. See Note 6 for additional information on goodwill and other
intangible assets.
Other Investments. The Corporation owns certain equity investments in other corporate organizations which are not consolidated because the Corporation does
not own more than a 50% interest or exercise control over the organization. Such investments are not variable interest entities. Investments in corporations
representing at least a 20% interest are generally accounted for using the equity method and investments in corporations representing less than 20% interest are
generally accounted for at cost. Investments in limited partnerships representing from at least a 3% up to a 50% interest in the entity are generally accounted for
using the equity method and investments in limited partnerships representing less than 3% are generally accounted for at cost. All of these investments are
periodically evaluated for impairment. Should an investment be impaired, it would be written down to its estimated fair value. The equity investments are reported
in other assets and the income and expense from such investments, if any, is reported in non-interest income and non-interest expense.
Derivative Instruments. The Corporation uses derivative instruments to protect against the risk of adverse price or interest rate movements on the value of certain
assets, liabilities, future cash flows and economic hedges for written client derivative contracts. Derivative instruments represent contracts between parties that
usually require little or no initial net investment and result in one party delivering cash to the other party based on a notional amount and an underlying as specified
in the contract and may be subject to master netting agreements. A notional amount represents the number of units of a specific item, such as currency units. An
underlying represents a variable, such as an interest rate. The amount of cash delivered from one party to the other is determined based on the interaction of the
notional amount of the contract with the underlying.
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from an adverse change in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices. The Corporation’s primary market risk is interest
rate risk. Instruments designed to manage interest rate risk include interest rate swaps, interest rate options and interest rate caps and floors with indices that relate
to the pricing of specific assets and liabilities. The nature and volume of the derivative instruments used to manage interest rate risk depend on the level and type of
assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and the risk management strategies for the current and anticipated rate environments. Counterparty risk with respect to
derivative instruments occurs when a counterparty to a derivative contract with an unrealized gain fails to perform according to the terms of the agreement.
Counterparty risk is managed by limiting the counterparties to highly rated dealers, requiring collateral postings when values are in deficit positions, applying
uniform credit standards to all activities with credit risk and monitoring the size and the maturity structure of the derivative portfolio.
All derivative instruments are to be carried at fair value on the consolidated balance sheets. The accounting for the gain or loss due to changes in the fair value of a
derivative instrument depends on whether the derivative instrument qualifies as a hedge. If the derivative instrument does not qualify as a hedge, the gains or losses
are reported in earnings when they occur. However, if the derivative instrument qualifies as a hedge, the accounting varies based on the type of risk being hedged.
In 2015 and 2014 , the Corporation solely utilized interest rate swaps which did not qualify for hedge accounting and therefore all changes in fair value and gains
and losses on these instruments were reported in earnings as they occurred. The effects of netting arrangements are disclosed within the Notes of the Consolidated
Financial Statements.
76
Table of Contents
Income Taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are computed annually for temporary differences in timing between the financial statement and tax basis
of assets and liabilities that result in taxable or deductible amounts in the future based on enacted tax law and rates applicable to periods in which the differences
are expected to affect taxable income. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods
in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, appropriate tax planning
strategies and projections for future taxable income over the period which the deferred tax assets are deductible. When necessary, valuation allowances are
established to reduce deferred tax assets to the realizable amount. Management believes it is more likely than not that the Corporation will realize the benefits of
these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances.
Income tax expense or benefit represents the tax payable or tax refundable for a period, adjusted by the applicable change in deferred tax assets and liabilities for
that period. The Corporation and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return and separate state income tax returns. Tax sharing agreements
allocate taxes to each entity for the settlement of intercompany taxes. The Corporation applies a more likely than not standard to each of its tax positions when
determining the amount of tax expense or benefit to record in its financial statements. Unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in other liabilities. The Corporation
recognizes accrued interest relating to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense and penalties in other non-interest expense.
Other Comprehensive Income or Loss. Comprehensive income or loss, shown as a separate financial statement, includes net income or loss, changes in
unrealized holding gains and losses on available for sale securities, changes in deferred gains and losses on investment securities transferred from available for sale
to held to maturity, if any, changes in unrealized gains and losses associated with cash flow hedging instruments, if any, and the amortization of deferred gains and
losses associated with terminated cash flow hedges, if any. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , there were no items requiring reclassification out of
accumulated other comprehensive income.
Earnings Per Share. Earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed using the two-class method. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income allocated to
common shares by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, excluding any participating securities. Participating securities
include unvested restricted shares. Unvested restricted shares are considered participating securities because holders of these securities receive non-forfeitable
dividends at the same rate as the holders of the Corporation’s common stock. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income allocated to common shares
adjusted for reallocation of undistributed earnings of unvested restricted shares by the weighted average number of common shares determined for the basic EPS
plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method based on the average market price for the period. Some stock options are anti-
dilutive and therefore are not included in the calculation of diluted EPS.
Segments and Related Information. The Corporation is required to report each operating segment based on materiality thresholds of ten percent or more of
certain amounts, such as revenue. Additionally, the Corporation is required to report separate operating segments until the revenue attributable to such segments is
at least 75 percent of total consolidated revenue. The Corporation provides a broad range of financial services to individuals and companies in the Midwest. These
services include demand, time, and savings products, the sale of certain non-deposit financial products and commercial and retail lending, leasing and trust
services. While the Corporation’s chief decision-maker monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial
performance is evaluated on a corporate-wide basis. The Corporation’s business units have similar basic characteristics in the nature of the products, production
processes and type or class of client for products or services; therefore, these business units are considered one operating segment.
Stock Options. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Corporation accounted for stock-based compensation using the intrinsic value method. Under the intrinsic value
method, compensation expense for employee stock options was generally not recognized if the exercise price of the option equaled or exceeded the fair market
value of the stock on the date of grant.
On January 1, 2006, the Corporation adopted ASC Topic 718 using the prospective method as stock options were only granted by the Corporation prior to meeting
the definition of a public entity. Under the prospective method, ASC Topic 718 must only be applied to the extent that those awards are subsequently modified,
repurchased or canceled. No stock options have been granted since the Corporation met the definition of a public entity and no stock options have been modified,
repurchased or cancelled subsequent to the adoption of ASC Topic 718. Therefore, no stock-based compensation was recognized in the consolidated statements of
income for the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014 , except with respect to restricted stock awards. Upon vesting of any options subject to ASC Topic 718, the
benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense will be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow.
77
Table of Contents
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “Consolidation
(Topic
810):
Amendments
to
the
Consolidation
Analysis.”
This ASU changes the way reporting
enterprises evaluate whether (a) they should consolidate limited partnerships and similar entities, (b) fees paid to a decision maker or service provider are variable
interests in a variable interest entity (“VIE”), and (c) variable interests in a VIE held by related parties of the reporting enterprise require the reporting enterprise to
consolidate the VIE. It also eliminates the VIE consolidation model based on majority exposure to variability that applied to certain investment companies and
similar entities. The new guidance excludes money market funds that are required to comply with Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and similar
entities from the U.S. GAAP consolidation requirements. The new consolidation guidance is effective for public business entities for annual and interim periods in
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015. At the effective date, all previous consolidation analysis that the guidance affects must be reconsidered. This
includes the consolidation analysis for all VIEs and for all limited partnerships and similar entities that previously were consolidated by the general partner even
though the entities were not VIEs. Early adoption is permitted, including early adoption in an interim period. If a reporting enterprise chooses to early adopt in an
interim period, adjustments resulting from the revised consolidation analysis must be reflected as of the beginning of the fiscal year that includes that interim
period. The Corporation intends to adopt the standard during the first quarter of 2016, as required, and with no expected material impact on its consolidated results
of operations, financial position, or liquidity.
In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, “Interest-Imputation
of
Interest
(Subtopic
835-30),
with an effective date for annual reporting periods
beginning after December 15, 2016. In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03, “ Interest
-
Imputation
of
Interest
(Subtopic
835-30)
that intends to simplify the
presentation of debt issuance costs. This ASU is also effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. ASU 2015-15 further addresses the presentation of debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit-arrangements and allows for an entity to
present the debt issuance costs as an asset and amortize ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement. The Corporation intends to adopt the standard
during the first quarter of 2016, as required, and with no expected material impact on the its consolidated results of operations, financial position, or liquidity.
In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, “Revenue
from
Contracts
with
Customers
(Topic
606).”
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09,
“Revenue
from
Contracts
with
Customers
(Topic
606),”
with an original effective date for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The ASU
is a converged standard between the FASB and the IASB that provides a single comprehensive revenue recognition model for all contracts with customers across
transactions and industries. The primary objective of the ASU is revenue recognition that represents the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an
amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2015-14 deferred the effective date of
ASU 2014-09 to annual and interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual and
interim reporting periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The Corporation is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard but does not
expect this standard to have a material impact on the Corporation’s consolidated results of operations, financial position, or liquidity.
In September 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-16 ,
“Business
Combinations
(Topic
805).”
The ASU intends to simplify the accounting for measurement
adjustments to prior business combinations. The amendment requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the
measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The acquirer must record, in the same period’s financial statements,
the effect on earnings of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects, if any, as a result of the change to the provisional amounts, calculated as if
the accounting had been completed at the acquisition date. The amendment also requires an entity to present separately on the face of the income statement or
disclose in the notes the portion of the amount recorded in current-period earnings by line item that would have been recorded in previous reporting periods if the
adjustment to the provisional amounts had been recognized as of the acquisition date. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2015, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments should be applied prospectively to adjustments to provisional amounts that occur after
the effective date of this amendment with earlier application permitted for financial statements that have not been issued. The Corporation intends to adopt the
standard during the first quarter of 2016, as required, and with no expected material impact on its consolidated results of operations, financial position, or liquidity.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, “Financial
Instruments
(Subtopic
825-10).”
The ASU amends certain aspects of recognition, measurement,
presentation, and disclosure of financial instruments. This amendment supersedes the guidance to classify equity securities with readily determinable fair values
into different categories, requires equity securities to be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized through net income, and simplifies the
impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values. The amendment requires public business entities that are required to
disclose the fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet to measure that fair value using the exit price notion. The
amendment requires an entity to present separately in other comprehensive
78
Table of Contents
income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to
measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option. The amendment requires separate presentation of financial assets and financial liabilities
by measurement category and form of financial asset on the balance sheet or in the accompanying notes to the financial statements. The amendment reduces
diversity in current practice by clarifying that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available for sale
securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including
interim periods within those fiscal years. Entities should apply the amendment by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the beginning of the fiscal year of
adoption, with the exception of the amendment related to equity securities without readily determinable fair values, which should be applied prospectively to equity
investments that exist as of the date of adoption. The Corporation intends to adopt the accounting standard during the first quarter of 2018, as required, and is
currently evaluating the impact on its results of operations, financial position, and liquidity.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “ Leases
(Topic
842).”
The ASU intends to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by
recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. The ASU will require lessees to recognize the following
for all leases (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date: (1) a lease liability, which is a lessee‘s obligation to make lease payments arising
from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified
asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, lessor accounting is largely unchanged. Certain targeted improvements were made to align, where necessary,
lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The new lease guidance simplifies the accounting for
sale and leaseback transactions primarily because lessees must recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) and lessors (for
sales-type, direct financing, and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning
of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases
that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. The ASU is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018,
including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Corporation is currently evaluating the impact on its results of operations,
financial position, and liquidity.
Note 2 – Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and due from banks was approximately $14.6 million and $14.9 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Required reserves in the form of
either vault cash or deposits held at the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) were $3.9 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. FRB
balances were $84.9 million and $70.5 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and are included in short-term investments on the Consolidated
Balance Sheets. Short-term investments, considered cash equivalents, were $98.9 million and $88.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Federal
funds sold at December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $40,000 and $22,000 , respectively and are included in short-term investments on the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
79
Table of Contents
Note 3 – Securities
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in
accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows:
Amortized cost
As of December 31, 2015
Gross
unrealized
holding gains
Gross
unrealized
holding losses
(In Thousands)
Available-for-sale:
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
$
8,047 $
2 $
(32)
$
Municipal obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
4,278
1,327
43,845
82,707
12
—
814
145
(7)
(58)
(116)
(416)
$
140,204 $
973 $
(629)
$
Amortized cost
As of December 31, 2014
Gross
unrealized
holding gains
Gross
unrealized
holding losses
(In Thousands)
Estimated
fair value
8,017
4,283
1,269
44,543
82,436
140,548
Estimated
fair value
Available-for-sale:
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
$
9,046 $
Municipal obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
573
1,514
67,740
64,763
$
143,636 $
80
— $
5
—
1,390
234
1,629 $
(81)
$
—
(4)
(256)
(226)
(567)
$
8,965
578
1,510
68,874
64,771
144,698
Table of Contents
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities held-to-maturity and the corresponding amounts of gross unrecognized gains and losses were as follows:
Amortized cost
As of December 31, 2015
Gross
unrecognized
holding gains
Gross
unrecognized
holding losses
(In Thousands)
Estimated
fair value
Held-to-maturity:
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises $
1,495 $
1 $
Municipal obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
16,038
—
11,718
8,031
332
—
32
12
(11)
$
(5)
—
(41)
(44)
$
37,282 $
377 $
(101)
$
1,485
16,365
—
11,709
7,999
37,558
Amortized cost
As of December 31, 2014
Gross
unrecognized
holding gains
Gross
unrecognized
holding losses
(In Thousands)
Estimated
fair value
Held-to-maturity:
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored
enterprises
Municipal obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
$
1,490 $
— $
16,088
—
14,505
9,480
85
—
57
74
$
41,563 $
216 $
$
(17)
(18)
—
(31)
(19)
(85)
$
1,473
16,155
—
14,531
9,535
41,694
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises represent securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”)
and Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”). Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued represent securities guaranteed by the
Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”). Collateralized mortgage obligations — government-sponsored enterprises include securities guaranteed
by FHLMC and the FNMA. Asset-backed securities represent securities issued by the Student Loan Marketing Association (“SLMA”) and are 97% guaranteed by
the U.S. government. Municipal obligations include securities issued by various municipalities located primarily within the State of Wisconsin and are primarily
general obligation bonds that are tax-exempt in nature. There were no sales of securities available-for-sale during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , securities with a fair value of $23.0 million and $32.7 million , respectively, were pledged to secure interest rate swap contracts,
outstanding FHLB advances, if any, and additional FHLB availability.
81
Table of Contents
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2015 are shown below. Actual maturities may differ from
contractual maturities because issuers have the right to call or prepay obligations without call or prepayment penalties.
Due in one year or less
Due in one year through five years
Due in five through ten years
Due in over ten years
Available-for-Sale
Held-to-Maturity
Amortized Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
Amortized Cost
Estimated
Fair Value
$
— $
— $
— $
(In Thousands)
13,511
88,690
38,003
13,505
88,902
38,141
3,890
13,643
19,749
$
140,204 $
140,548 $
37,282 $
—
3,899
13,950
19,709
37,558
The tables below show the Corporation’s gross unrealized losses and fair value of available-for-sale investments with unrealized losses aggregated by investment
category and length of time that individual investments were in a continuous loss position at December 31, 2015 and 2014 . At December 31, 2015 , the
Corporation owned 87 available-for-sale securities that were in an unrealized loss position. Such securities have not experienced credit rating downgrades;
however, they have primarily declined in value due to the current interest rate environment. At December 31, 2015 , the Corporation held 11 available-for-sale
securities that had been in a continuous loss position for twelve months or greater.
The Corporation also has not specifically identified available-for-sale securities in a loss position that it intends to sell in the near term and does not believe that it
will be required to sell any such securities. It is expected that the Corporation will recover the entire amortized cost basis of each security based upon an evaluation
of the present value of the expected future cash flows. Accordingly, no other than temporary impairment was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income
for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
A summary of unrealized loss information for available-for-sale securities, categorized by security type follows:
Available-for-sale:
U.S. Government agency obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
Municipal obligations
Asset-backed securities
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government
issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-
sponsored enterprises
As of December 31, 2015
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
(In Thousands)
$
3,536 $
13 $
1,981 $
19 $
5,517 $
2,403
1,269
3,373
7
58
19
—
—
—
—
2,403
1,269
5,687
97
9,060
59,992
$
70,573 $
373
470 $
1,717
9,385 $
43
61,709
159 $
79,958 $
32
7
58
116
416
629
82
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2014
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
Fair value
Unrealized
losses
(In Thousands)
Available-for-sale:
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-
sponsored enterprises
Municipal obligations
Asset-backed securities
$
3,486 $
12 $
5,479 $
69 $
8,965 $
—
— $
$
—
—
— $
1,510 $
—
—
4 $
1,510 $
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government
issued
9,201
50
9,536
206
18,737
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-
sponsored enterprises
29,498
97
4,993
129
34,491
$
42,185 $
159 $
21,518 $
408 $
63,703 $
81
—
4
256
226
567
The tables below show the Corporation’s gross unrecognized losses and fair value of held-to-maturity investments, aggregated by investment category and length
of time that individual investments were in a continuous loss position at December 31, 2015 and 2014 . At December 31, 2015 , the Corporation held 14 held-to-
maturity securities that were in an unrecognized loss position. Such securities have not experienced credit rating downgrades; however, they have primarily
declined in value due to the current interest rate environment. There were three held-to-maturity securities that had been in a continuous loss position for twelve
months or greater as of December 31, 2015 . It is expected that the Corporation will recover the entire amortized cost basis of each held-to-maturity security based
upon an evaluation of the present value of the expected future cash flows. Accordingly, no other than temporary impairment was recorded in the Consolidated
Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
A summary of unrecognized loss information for securities held-to-maturity, categorized by security type follows:
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Unrecognized
losses
Fair value
Unrecognized
losses
Fair value
Unrecognized
losses
As of December 31, 2015
(In Thousands)
Held-to-maturity:
U.S. Government agency obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
$
Municipal obligations
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
— $
436
6,518
5,168
— $
1,000 $
4
199
41
44
—
—
$
12,122 $
89 $
1,199 $
83
11 $
1,000 $
1
635
—
6,518
—
5,168
12 $
13,321 $
11
5
41
44
101
Table of Contents
Held-to-maturity:
U.S. Government agency obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
Municipal obligations
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations -
government-sponsored enterprises
Less than 12 months
12 months or longer
Total
Fair value
Unrecognized
losses
Fair value
Unrecognized
losses
Fair value
Unrecognized
losses
As of December 31, 2014
(In Thousands)
$
1,490 $
2,222
17 $
18 $
— $
— $
— $
1,490 $
—
2,222
3,247 $
31 $
— $
—
3,247
$
$
3,076 $
10,035 $
19 $
85 $
— $
— $
—
3,076
— $
10,035 $
17
18
31
19
85
Note 4 – Loan and Lease Receivables, Impaired Loans and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Loan and lease receivables, including loans held for sale, consist of the following:
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family (1)
Total commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial (2)
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total consumer and other
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
(In Thousands)
$
176,322 $
436,901
160,404
80,254
51,607
905,488
473,592
31,093
8,237
16,319
24,556
163,884
417,962
121,160
72,578
36,182
811,766
416,654
34,165
7,866
11,341
19,207
Total gross loans and leases receivable
1,434,729
1,281,792
Less:
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Deferred loan fees
Loans and leases receivable, net
16,316
1,062
14,329
1,025
$
1,417,351 $
1,266,438
(1)
(2)
Includes residential real estate loans held for sale totaling $1.3 million, as of December 31, 2015 and $1.3 million as of December 31, 2014.
Includes guaranteed portion of SBA loans held for sale totaling $1.4 million as of December 31, 2015.
During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , $128.2 million and $29.1 million of loans were transferred to third parties, respectively. Each of the
transfers of these financial assets met the qualifications for sale accounting, including the requirements specific to loan participations, and therefore $128.2 million
and $29.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, have been derecognized in the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Corporation has a continuing involvement in each of the loans by way of relationship management and servicing the loans;
84
Table of Contents
however, there are no further obligations to the third-party participant required of the Corporation, other than standard representations and warranties related to
sold amounts, that would preclude the application of sale accounting treatment. Loan participations were transferred at their fair value and no gain or loss was
recognized upon the transfer, as the participation interest was transferred at or near the date of loan origination and the payments received for servicing the portion
of the loans participated represent adequate compensation. Gain on sale of SBA loans was $4.0 million and $318,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and
2014. No gain on sale of SBA loans was recorded in 2013. The total amount of loan participations purchased on the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as
of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was $467,000 and $482,000 , respectively.
The total amount of outstanding loans transferred to third parties as loan participations sold as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was $169.2 million
and $116.6 million , respectively, all of which were treated as a sale and derecognized under the applicable accounting guidance in effect at the time of the
transfers of the financial assets. The Corporation’s continuing involvement with these loans is by way of partial ownership, relationship management and all
servicing responsibilities. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , the total amount of the Corporation’s partial ownership of loans on the Corporation’s
Consolidated Balance Sheets was $136.8 million and $96.4 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2015 , $1.8 million of loans in this participation sold
portfolio were considered impaired as compared to $1.2 million as of December 31, 2014 . The Corporation does not share in the participant’s portion of the
charge-offs.
The Corporation sells residential real estate loans, servicing released, in the secondary market. The total principal amount of residential real estate loans sold
during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $32.6 million and $4.9 million , respectively. Each of the transfers of these financial assets met the
qualifications for sale accounting, and therefore all of the loans transferred during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were derecognized when sold in the
unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements. The Corporation has a continuing involvement in each of the transactions by way of relationship management;
however, there are no further obligations of the Corporation, other than standard representations and warranties related to the sold amount, that would preclude the
application of sale accounting treatment. The loans were transferred at their fair value and the related gain was recognized as non-interest income upon the transfer
in the unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.
ASC 310-30, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer, applies to purchased loans with evidence of deterioration in credit quality
since origination for which it is probable at acquisition that the Corporation will be unable to collect all contractually required payments are considered to be credit
impaired. Purchased credit-impaired loans are initially recorded at fair value, which is estimated by discounting the cash flows expected to be collected at the
acquisition date. Because the estimate of expected cash flows reflects an estimate of future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans, an
allowance for credit losses is not recorded at the acquisition date. The excess of cash flows expected at acquisition over the estimated fair value, referred to as the
accretable yield, is recognized in interest income over the remaining life of the loan on a level-yield basis, contingent on the subsequent evaluation of future
expected cash flows. The difference between the contractually required payments at acquisition and the cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition is
referred to as the nonaccretable difference. A subsequent decrease in the estimate of cash flows expected to be received on purchased credit-impaired loans
generally results in the recognition of an allowance for credit losses. Subsequent increases in cash flows result in reversal of any nonaccretable difference (or
allowance for loan and lease losses to the extent any has been recorded) with a positive impact on interest income recognized. The measurement of cash flows
involves assumptions and judgments for interest rates, prepayments, default rates, loss severity, and collateral values. All of these factors are inherently subjective
and significant changes in the cash flow estimates over the life of the loan can result.
The following table reflects the contractually required payments receivable and fair value of the Corporation’s purchased credit impaired loans as of December 31,
2015 and 2014 :
Contractually required payments
Fair value of credit impaired loans acquired
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
$
$
(In Thousands)
5,291 $
3,250 $
6,874
4,025
The following table presents a rollforward of the accretable yield for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
85
Table of Contents
Accretable yield, beginning of period
Accretion recognized in earnings
Reclassification to nonaccretable difference for loans with changing cash flows (1)
Changes in accretable yield for non-credit related changes in expected cash flows (2)
Accretable yield, end of period
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
(In Thousands)
676
$
(50)
(60)
(152)
414
$
683
(7)
—
—
676
$
$
(1) Represents changes in accretable yield for those loans that are driven primarily by credit performance.
(2) Represents changes in accretable yield for those loans that are driven primarily by changes in actual and estimated payments.
Certain of the Corporation’s executive officers, directors and their related interests are loan clients of the Banks. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , loans
aggregating approximately $6.9 million and $4.4 million , respectively, were outstanding to such parties. New loans granted to such parties during the years ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014 were approximately $3.9 million and $1.8 million and repayments on such loans were approximately $1.4 million and $392,000 ,
respectively. These loans were made in the ordinary course of business and on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans not
related to the lender. None of these loans were considered impaired.
The following information illustrates ending balances of the Corporation’s loan and lease portfolio, including impaired loans by class of receivable, and
considering certain credit quality indicators as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 :
Category
As of December 31, 2015
I
II
III
IV
Total
Commercial real estate:
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
$
156,379
$
7,654
$
9,311
$
2,978
$
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family (1)
Total commercial real estate
410,517
151,508
79,368
42,389
840,161
20,662
3,092
884
3,985
36,277
3,408
874
—
1,865
15,458
2,314
4,930
2
3,368
13,592
176,322
436,901
160,404
80,254
51,607
905,488
(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial (2)
431,598
7,139
25,706
9,149
473,592
Direct financing leases, net
29,514
1,013
528
38
31,093
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total consumer and other
7,497
15,616
23,113
—
48
48
141
—
141
599
655
1,254
8,237
16,319
24,556
Total gross loans and leases receivable
$
1,324,386
$
44,477
$
41,833
$
24,033
$
1,434,729
Category as a % of total portfolio
92.30%
3.10%
2.92%
1.68%
100.00%
(1)
(2)
Includes residential real estate loans held for sale totaling $1.3 million in Category I.
Includes guaranteed portion of SBA loans held for sale totaling $1.4 million in Category I.
86
Table of Contents
Category
As of December 31, 2014
I
II
III
IV
Total
Commercial real estate:
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
$
131,094
$
15,592
$
16,621
$
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family (1)
Total commercial real estate
378,671
100,934
70,897
25,997
707,593
20,823
8,193
751
5,278
50,637
17,498
6,876
913
3,336
45,244
$
577
970
5,157
17
1,571
8,292
163,884
417,962
121,160
72,578
36,182
811,766
(Dollars in Thousands)
Commercial and industrial
383,755
18,524
12,026
2,349
416,654
Direct financing leases, net
32,756
1,120
289
—
34,165
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total consumer and other
7,039
10,570
17,609
205
50
255
189
—
189
433
721
1,154
7,866
11,341
19,207
Total gross loans and leases receivable
$
1,141,713
$
70,536
$
57,748
$
11,795
$
1,281,792
Category as a % of total portfolio
89.07%
5.50%
4.51%
0.92%
100.00%
(1)
Includes residential real estate loans held for sale totaling $1.3 million in Category I.
Credit underwriting through a committee process is a key component of the Corporation’s operating philosophy. Business development officers have relatively low
individual lending authority limits, and thus a significant portion of the Corporation’s new credit extensions require approval from a loan approval committee
regardless of the type of loan or lease, asset quality grade of the credit, amount of the credit, or the related complexities of each proposal. In addition, the
Corporation makes every effort to ensure that there is appropriate collateral or a government guarantee at the time of origination to protect the Corporation’s
interest in the related loan or lease.
Each credit is evaluated for proper risk rating upon origination, at the time of each subsequent renewal, upon receipt and evaluation of updated financial
information from the Corporation’s borrowers, or as other circumstances dictate. The Corporation uses a nine grade risk rating system to monitor the ongoing
credit quality of its loans and leases. The risk rating grades follow a consistent definition, and are then applied to specific loan types based on the nature of the loan.
Each risk rating is subjective and, depending on the size and nature of the credit, subject to various levels of review and concurrence on the stated risk rating. In
addition to its nine grade risk rating system, the Corporation groups loans into four loan and related risk categories which determine the level and nature of review
by management.
Category I — Loans and leases in this category are performing in accordance with the terms of the contract and generally exhibit no immediate concerns regarding
the security and viability of the underlying collateral, financial stability of the borrower, integrity or strength of the borrower’s management team or the industry in
which the borrower operates. Loans and leases in this category are not subject to additional monitoring procedures above and beyond what is required at the
origination or renewal of the loan or lease. The Corporation monitors Category I loans and leases through payment performance, continued maintenance of its
personal relationships with such borrowers and continued review of such borrowers’ compliance with the terms of their respective agreements.
Category II — Loans and leases in this category are beginning to show signs of deterioration in one or more of the Corporation’s core underwriting criteria such as
financial stability, management strength, industry trends and collateral values. Management will place credits in this category to allow for proactive monitoring and
resolution with the borrower to possibly mitigate the area of concern and prevent further deterioration or risk of loss to the Corporation. Category II loans are
considered performing but are monitored frequently by the assigned business development officer and by the Banks’ credit committees.
87
Table of Contents
Category III — Loans and leases in this category are identified by the Corporation’s business development officers and senior management as warranting special
attention. However, the balance in this category is not intended to represent the amount of adversely classified assets held by the Banks. Category III loans and
leases generally exhibit undesirable characteristics such as evidence of adverse financial trends and conditions, managerial problems, deteriorating economic
conditions within the related industry, or evidence of adverse public filings and may exhibit collateral shortfall positions. However, management continues to
believe that it will collect all contractual principal and interest in accordance with the original terms of the contracts relating to the loans and leases in this category.
Therefore Category III loans are considered performing with no specific reserves established for this category. Category III loans are monitored by management
and credit committees of the Banks on a monthly basis and the Banks’ Boards of Directors at each of their regularly scheduled meetings.
Category IV — Loans and leases in this category are considered to be impaired. Impaired loans and leases include those which have been placed on non-accrual as
management has determined that it is unlikely that the Banks will receive the contractual principal and interest in accordance with the contractual terms of the
agreement and loans and leases considered performing troubled debt restructurings. Impaired loans are individually evaluated to assess the need for the
establishment of specific reserves or charge-offs. When analyzing the adequacy of collateral, the Corporation obtains external appraisals at least annually, or more
frequently as circumstances warrant, for impaired loans and leases that are primarily secured by real estate or equipment. External appraisals are obtained from the
Corporation’s approved appraiser listing and are independently reviewed to monitor the quality of such appraisals. To the extent a collateral shortfall position is
present, a specific reserve or charge-off will be recorded to reflect the magnitude of the impairment. Loans and leases in this category are monitored by
management and loan committees of the Banks on a monthly basis and the Banks’ Boards of Directors at each of their regularly scheduled meetings.
Utilizing regulatory classification terminology, the Corporation identified $26.8 million and $27.1 million of loans and leases as Substandard as of December 31,
2015 and 2014 , respectively. No loans were considered Special Mention, Doubtful or Loss as of either December 31, 2015 and 2014 . The population of
Substandard loans are a subset of Category III and Category IV loans.
88
Table of Contents
The delinquency aging of the loan and lease portfolio by class of receivable as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
As of December 31, 2015
Accruing loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family (1)
Commercial & industrial (2)
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Non-accruing loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
$
$
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Total loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
30-59
days past due
60-89
days past due
Greater
than 90
days past due
Total past due
Current
Total loans
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
173,416
$
—
—
—
78
—
—
—
—
78
$
— $
—
397
—
430
2,077
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
473
$
— $
—
—
—
78
—
—
—
—
435,222
155,675
80,252
48,918
464,456
31,055
7,695
15,664
78
$
1,412,353
$
1,412,431
—
—
—
34
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
895
564
473
$
—
397
—
1,359
2,641
—
—
2,434
$
1,678
4,332
2
1,252
6,495
38
250
655
250
655
292
—
173,416
435,222
155,675
80,252
48,996
464,456
31,055
7,695
15,664
2,907
1,678
4,729
2
2,611
9,136
38
542
655
$
2,904
$
507
$
2,364
$
5,775
$
16,523
$
22,298
$
— $
—
397
—
508
2,077
—
—
—
473
$
— $
473
$
175,850
$
—
—
—
34
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
895
564
—
397
—
1,437
2,641
—
—
250
655
250
655
436,900
160,007
80,254
50,170
470,951
31,093
7,987
15,664
176,323
436,900
160,404
80,254
51,607
473,592
31,093
8,237
16,319
$
2,982
$
507
$
2,364
$
5,853
$
1,428,876
$
1,434,729
Percent of portfolio
0.21%
0.04%
0.16%
0.41%
99.59%
100.00%
(1)
(2)
Includes residential real estate loans held for sale totaling $1.3 million.
Includes guaranteed portion of SBA loans held for sale totaling $1.4 million.
89
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2014
Accruing loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family (1)
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Non-accruing loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Total loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial & industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Percent of portfolio
$
$
$
$
$
30-59
days past due
60-89
days past due
Greater
than 90
days past due
Total past due
Current
Total loans
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
163,384
$
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
417,676
116,228
72,561
35,492
414,336
34,165
7,537
10,621
— $
1,272,000
$
1,272,000
— $
— $
— $
— $
500
$
—
—
—
—
364
—
—
—
215
193
—
106
146
—
—
—
—
—
—
306
736
215
193
—
412
1,246
71
4,739
17
278
1,072
—
—
—
—
720
—
720
329
—
364
$
660
$
1,762
$
2,786
$
7,006
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
163,884
$
—
—
—
—
364
—
—
—
364
$
0.03%
215
193
—
106
146
—
—
—
—
—
—
306
736
215
193
—
412
1,246
—
—
—
720
—
720
417,747
120,967
72,578
35,770
415,408
34,165
7,866
10,621
660
$
1,762
$
2,786
$
1,279,006
$
1,281,792
0.05%
0.14%
0.22%
99.78%
100.00%
163,384
417,676
116,228
72,561
35,492
414,336
34,165
7,537
10,621
500
286
4,932
17
690
2,318
—
329
720
9,792
163,884
417,962
121,160
72,578
36,182
416,654
34,165
7,866
11,341
(1)
Includes residential real estate loans held for sale totaling $1.3 million.
90
Table of Contents
The Corporation’s total impaired assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Non-accrual loans and leases
Commercial real estate:
Commercial real estate — owner occupied
Commercial real estate — non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Total non-accrual commercial real estate
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total non-accrual consumer and other loans
Total non-accrual loans and leases
Foreclosed properties, net
Total non-performing assets
Performing troubled debt restructurings
Total impaired assets
Total non-accrual loans and leases to gross loans and leases
Total non-performing assets to total gross loans and leases plus foreclosed properties, net
Total non-performing assets to total assets
Allowance for loan and lease losses to gross loans and leases
Allowance for loan and lease losses to non-accrual loans and leases
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
2,907 $
1,678
4,729
2
2,611
11,927
9,136
38
542
655
1,197
22,298
1,677
23,975
1,735
$
25,710 $
500
286
4,932
17
690
6,425
2,318
—
329
720
1,049
9,792
1,693
11,485
2,003
13,488
December 31,
2015
December 31,
2014
1.55%
1.67
1.34
1.14
73.17
0.76%
0.89
0.70
1.12
146.33
As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , $16.2 million and $7.4 million of the non-accrual loans were considered troubled debt restructurings,
respectively. As of December 31, 2015 , there were no unfunded commitments associated with troubled debt restructured loans and leases.
91
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2015
As of December 31, 2014
Number
of
Loans
Pre-Modification
Recorded
Investment
Post-Modification
Recorded
Investment
Number
of
Loans
Pre-Modification
Recorded
Investment
Post-Modification
Recorded
Investment
(Dollars in Thousands)
Troubled debt restructurings:
Commercial real estate
Commercial real estate — owner
occupied
Commercial real estate — non-
owner occupied
Construction and land
development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgage
Other
Total
3
5
3
1
15
10
4
1
42
$
1,209 $
1,188
1,150
6,034
184
2,035
7,572
461
2,076
904
4,593
2
1,869
8,330
349
655
$
20,721 $
17,890
2
5
4
1
16
4
6
2
40
$
624 $
1,095
6,260
184
2,119
361
772
2,080
$
13,495 $
577
970
5,157
17
1,368
155
431
721
9,396
All loans and leases modified as a troubled debt restructuring are evaluated for impairment. The nature and extent of the impairment of restructured loans,
including those which have experienced a default, is considered in the determination of an appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses.
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , our troubled debt restructurings grouped by type of concession were as follows:
Commercial real estate
Extension of term
Interest rate concession
Combination of extension and interest rate concession
Commercial and industrial
Combination of extension and interest rate concession
Consumer and other
Extension of term
Combination of extension and interest rate concession
Total
As of December 31, 2015
As of December 31, 2014
Number
of
Loans
Post-Modification
Recorded Investment
Number
of
Loans
Post-Modification
Recorded Investment
(Dollars in Thousands)
1 $
1
25
10
1
4
42 $
92
24
55
8,477
8,330
655
349
17,890
1 $
1
26
4
3
5
40 $
39
65
7,984
155
753
400
9,396
Table of Contents
The following represents additional information regarding the Corporation’s impaired loans and leases by class:
Impaired Loans and Leases
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
Recorded
investment
Unpaid
principal
balance
Impairment
reserve
Average
recorded
investment (1)
(In Thousands)
Foregone
interest
income
Interest
income
recognized
Net
foregone
interest
income
With no impairment reserve recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
With impairment reserve recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Total:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Grand total
$
$
$
$
$
$
2,164 $
2,314
4,533
2
2,423
2,546
38
2,164 $
2,355
7,203
369
2,486
2,590
38
500
655
15,175 $
500
1,321
19,026 $
814 $
—
397
—
945
6,603
—
99
—
8,858 $
2,978 $
2,314
4,930
2
3,368
9,149
38
814 $
—
397
—
950
6,603
—
99
—
8,863 $
2,978 $
2,355
7,600
369
3,436
9,193
38
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
20 $
—
48
—
173
847
—
25
—
1,113 $
20 $
—
48
—
173
847
—
712 $
962
4,807
10
1,604
544
4
390
688
9,721 $
215 $
—
34
—
605
810
—
58
—
1,722 $
927 $
962
4,841
10
2,209
1,354
4
599
655
24,033 $
599
1,321
27,889 $
25
—
1,113 $
448
688
11,443 $
53 $
25
133
27
82
172
—
23
82
597 $
7 $
—
—
—
34
102
—
10
—
153 $
60 $
25
133
27
116
274
—
33
82
750 $
(1) Average recorded investment is calculated primarily using daily average balances.
93
12 $
—
—
—
4
6
—
63
—
85 $
2 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2 $
14 $
—
—
—
4
6
—
63
—
87 $
41
25
133
27
78
166
—
(40)
82
512
5
—
—
—
34
102
—
10
—
151
46
25
133
27
112
268
—
(30)
82
663
Table of Contents
With no impairment reserve recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
With impairment reserve recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Total:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Grand total
$
$
$
$
$
$
Impaired Loans and Leases
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014
Recorded
investment
Unpaid
principal
balance
Impairment
reserve
Average
recorded
investment (1)
(In Thousands)
Foregone
interest
income
Interest
income
recognized
Net
foregone
Interest
Income
577 $
921
5,157
17
1,181
2,316
—
577 $
921
7,828
384
1,218
2,926
—
380
721
11,270 $
380
1,389
15,623 $
— $
49
—
—
390
33
—
53
—
525 $
577 $
970
5,157
17
1,571
2,349
—
— $
89
—
—
390
33
—
53
—
565 $
577 $
1,010
7,828
384
1,608
2,959
—
433
721
11,795 $
433
1,389
16,188 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
49
—
—
155
33
—
53
—
290 $
— $
49
—
—
155
33
—
53
—
290 $
484 $
349
5,285
24
380
6,141
—
495
768
13,926 $
— $
52
—
—
405
34
—
57
—
548 $
484 $
401
5,285
24
785
6,175
—
552
768
14,474 $
30 $
22
155
53
15
463
—
18
87
843 $
— $
4
—
—
18
—
—
5
—
27 $
30 $
26
155
53
33
463
—
23
87
870 $
79 $
—
—
—
12
649
—
—
—
740 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
79 $
—
—
—
12
649
—
—
—
740 $
(49)
22
155
53
3
(186)
—
18
87
103
—
4
—
—
18
—
—
5
—
27
(49)
26
155
53
21
(186)
—
23
87
130
(1) Average recorded investment is calculated primarily using daily average balances.
94
Table of Contents
With no impairment reserve recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
With impairment reserve recorded:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Total
Total:
Commercial real estate:
Owner occupied
Non-owner occupied
Construction and land development
Multi-family
1-4 family
Commercial and industrial
Direct financing leases, net
Consumer and other:
Home equity and second mortgages
Other
Grand total
$
$
$
$
$
$
Impaired Loans and Leases
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Recorded
investment
Unpaid
principal
balance
Impairment
reserve
Average
recorded
investment (1)
(In Thousands)
Foregone
interest
income
Interest
income
recognized
Net
foregone
interest
income
339 $
229
5,489
31
244
555
—
518
795
8,200 $
— $
54
—
—
422
7,488
—
62
—
8,026 $
339 $
283
5,489
31
666
8,043
—
339 $
229
8,160
398
244
766
—
518
1,461
12,115 $
— $
94
—
—
422
7,488
—
62
—
8,066 $
339 $
323
8,160
398
666
8,254
—
580
795
16,226 $
580
1,461
20,181 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
54
—
—
155
131
—
62
—
402 $
— $
54
—
—
155
131
—
62
—
402 $
715 $
1,586
5,777
366
405
434
6
593
942
10,824 $
— $
88
—
—
437
670
—
65
—
1,260 $
715 $
1,674
5,777
366
842
1,104
6
658
942
12,084 $
57 $
198
203
93
31
97
—
37
100
816 $
— $
6
—
—
18
42
—
5
—
71 $
57 $
204
203
93
49
139
—
42
100
887 $
50 $
17
3
—
34
114
—
3
—
221 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
50 $
17
3
—
34
114
—
3
—
221 $
7
181
200
93
(3)
(17)
—
34
100
595
—
6
—
—
18
42
—
5
—
71
7
187
200
93
15
25
—
39
100
666
(1) Average recorded investment is calculated primarily using daily average balances.
The difference between the loans’ and leases’ recorded investment and the unpaid principal balance of $3.9 million , $4.4 million and $4.0 million as of
December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, represents partial charge-offs resulting from confirmed losses due to the value of the collateral securing the
loans and leases being less than the carrying values of the loans and leases. Impaired loans and leases also included $1.7 million , $2.0 million and $371,000 of
loans and leases as of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, that were performing troubled debt restructurings, and thus, while not on non-accrual,
were reported as impaired due to the concession in terms. When a loan is placed on non-accrual, interest accruals
95
Table of Contents
are discontinued and previously accrued but uncollected interest is deducted from interest income. If collectability of contractual principal and interest payments is
in doubt, cash payments collected on non-accrual loans are first applied to principal. Foregone interest represents the interest that was contractually due on the note
but not received or recorded. To the extent the amount of principal on a non-accrual note is fully collected and additional cash is received, the Corporation will
recognize interest income.
To determine the level and composition of the allowance for loan and lease losses, the Corporation breaks out the loan and lease portfolio by segments and risk
ratings. First, the Corporation evaluates loans and leases for potential impairment classification. The Corporation analyzes each loan and lease determined to be
impaired on an individual basis to determine a specific reserve based upon the estimated value of the underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or
alternatively, the present value of expected cash flows. The Corporation applies historical trends from established risk factors to each category of loans and leases
that has not been individually evaluated for the purpose of establishing the general portion of the allowance.
A summary of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment is as follows:
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
Commercial
real estate
Commercial
and
industrial loans and
leases
Consumer
and other
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
Ending balance
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
Loans and lease receivables:
Ending balance, gross
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
$
8,619
$
5,492
$
218
$
(793)
104
3,290
11,220
240
10,980
$
$
$
(711)
6
(400)
4,387
847
3,540
$
$
$
(9)
4
496
709
26
683
$
$
$
— $
— $
— $
905,488
10,849
891,897
2,742
$
$
$
$
504,685
8,942
495,497
246
$
$
$
$
24,556
1,061
23,302
193
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Allowance as % of gross loans and leases
1.24%
0.87%
2.89%
14,329
(1,513)
114
3,386
16,316
1,113
15,203
—
1,434,729
20,852
1,410,696
3,181
1.14%
96
Table of Contents
Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
Ending balance
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
Loans and lease receivables:
Ending balance, gross
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014
Commercial
real estate
Commercial
and
industrial loans and
leases
Consumer
and other
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
9,055
$
4,573
$
273
$
(631)
44
151
8,619
204
8,414
1
811,766
4,877
803,475
3,414
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(600)
369
1,150
5,492
33
5,368
91
450,819
1,669
448,469
681
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(2)
12
(65)
218
53
165
$
$
$
— $
13,901
(1,233)
425
1,236
14,329
290
13,947
92
19,207
1,154
18,053
$
$
$
— $
1.14%
1,281,792
7,700
1,269,997
4,095
1.12%
Allowance as % of gross loans and leases
1.06%
1.22%
Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision
Ending balance
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
Loans and lease receivables:
Ending balance, gross
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment
Ending balance: loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
Allowance as % of gross loans and leases
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2013
Commercial
real estate
Commercial
and
industrial loans and
leases
Consumer
and other
Total
(Dollars in Thousands)
$
10,693
$
4,336
$
371
$
15,400
(896)
353
(1,095)
9,055
209
8,846
$
$
$
(14)
16
235
4,573
131
4,442
$
$
$
(4)
5
(99)
273
62
211
$
$
$
— $
— $
— $
645,111
5,379
638,303
1,429
$
$
$
$
1.40%
319,617
8,043
311,574
$
$
$
— $
1.43%
17,244
1,375
15,869
$
$
$
— $
1.58%
(914)
374
(959)
13,901
402
13,499
—
981,972
14,797
965,746
1,429
1.42%
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
97
Table of Contents
The Corporation’s net investment in direct financing leases consists of the following:
Minimum lease payments receivable
Estimated unguaranteed residual values in leased property
Initial direct costs
Unearned lease and residual income
Investment in commercial direct financing leases
As of December 31,
2015
2014
(In Thousands)
$
27,361 $
7,036
158
(3,462)
$
31,093 $
31,204
7,053
208
(4,300)
34,165
There were no impairments of residual value of leased property during the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 .
The Corporation leases equipment under direct financing leases expiring in future years. Some of these leases provide for additional rents, based on use in excess
of a stipulated minimum number of hours, and generally allow the lessees to purchase the equipment for fair value at the end of the lease term.
Future aggregate maturities of minimum lease payments to be received are as follows:
(In Thousands)
Maturities during year ended December 31,
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter
$
$
7,584
6,636
6,334
3,787
2,533
487
27,361
Note 5 – Premises and Equipment
A summary of premises and equipment at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:
Land
Building and leasehold improvements
Furniture and equipment
Construction and purchases in progress
Less: accumulated depreciation
Total premises and equipment, net
As of December 31,
2015
2014
$
(In Thousands)
650 $
2,879
4,893
28
8,450
(4,496)
$
3,954 $
650
2,776
4,339
52
7,817
(3,874)
3,943
Depreciation expense was $746,000 , $385,000 and $313,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Note 6 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill is not amortized. Goodwill, as well as intangible assets, are subject to impairment tests on at least an annual basis, and more frequently if an event occurs
or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of Alterra below its carrying amount (including goodwill). At December 31, 2015
and 2014 , the Corporation had goodwill of $10.7 million .
98
Table of Contents
The Corporation conducted its most recent annual impairment testing in July 2015, utilizing a qualitative assessment. Management evaluated several factors to
perform the qualitative assessment, including but not limited to: macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial
performance of Alterra (both current and projected), other Alterra-specific events, and changes in the Corporation’s common stock price. Based on these
assessments, management concluded that the 2015 annual qualitative impairment assessment indicated that it is more likely than not that the estimated fair value
exceeded the carrying value (including goodwill) for Alterra. Therefore, a step one quantitative analysis was not required. There were no events since the July 2015
impairment testing that have changed the Corporation's impairment assessment conclusion. There were no impairment charges recorded in 2015 and 2014 , and no
goodwill recorded in 2013 .
The Corporation has intangible assets that are amortized consisting of loan servicing rights and core deposit intangibles.
Loan servicing rights are recognized separately when they are acquired through sales of SBA loans. When SBA loans are sold, servicing rights are initially
recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Loan servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization
method, which requires servicing rights to be amortized into interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of
the underlying loans.
The estimated fair value of the Corporation’s loan servicing asset was $1.6 million and $943,000 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. This servicing
asset represents the servicing rights retained upon sale of the guaranteed portion of certain SBA loans. The Corporation periodically reviews this portfolio for
impairment and engages a third-party valuation firm to assess the fair value of the overall servicing rights portfolio.
For the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , loan servicing asset amortization totaled $197,000 and $24,000 , respectively. The Corporation had no loan
servicing asset outstanding in 2013 .
Changes in the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net book value of core deposit intangibles were as follows:
Core deposit intangibles:
Gross carrying amount
Less: accumulated amortization
Net book value
Amortization during the period
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
$
$
$
347 $
(83)
264 $
(71) $
347 $
(12)
335 $
(12) $
—
—
—
—
Estimated amortization expense of core deposit intangibles for fiscal years 2016 through 2020 are as follows:
Estimate for the year ended December 31,
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter
Core deposit intangibles
(In Thousands)
$
$
62
54
47
40
35
26
264
Note 7 – Other Assets
The Corporation is a limited partner in several limited partnership investments. The Corporation is not the general partner, does not have controlling ownership,
and is not the primary variable interest holder in any of these limited partnerships. The Corporation’s share of the partnerships’ income or loss included in the
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was income of $481,000 and $774,000 , and a loss of $437,000 ,
respectively. The Corporation had an equity investment in Aldine Capital Fund, LP, a mezzanine fund, of $1.0 million and $1.1 million recorded
99
Table of Contents
as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The Corporation had a remaining commitment to provide funds of $960,000 at December 31, 2015 . The
Corporation’s equity investment in Aldine Capital Fund II, LP, also a mezzanine fund, totaled $2.2 million and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 ,
respectively. The Corporation had a remaining commitment to provide funds of $2.8 million at December 31, 2015 .
The Corporation invested in a community development entity (“CDE”) through Rimrock Road Investment Fund LLC (“Rimrock”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
FBB, to develop and operate a real estate project located in a low-income community. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , Rimrock had one CDE investment, with a
net carrying value of $7.5 million . Rimrock did not have any outstanding CDE investments in 2013 . Due to the Corporation’s inability to exercise any significant
influence over the investment in the qualified CDE, it is accounted for using the cost method. The investment provides federal new market tax credits over a
seven-year credit allowance period. In each of the first three years, credits totaling five percent of the original investment are allowed on the credit allowance dates
and for the final four years, credits totaling six percent of the original investment are allowed on the credit allowance dates. Rimrock must be invested in the
qualified CDE on each of the credit allowance dates during the seven-year period to utilize the tax credits. If the CDE ceases to qualify during the seven-year
period, the credits may be denied for any credit allowance date and a portion of the credits previously taken may be subject to recapture with interest. The
investment in the CDE cannot be redeemed before the end of the seven-year period.
The remaining federal new market tax credit to be utilized over a maximum of seven years was $2.2 million as of December 31, 2015 . The Corporation’s usage of
the federal new market tax credit was approximately $375,000 during both 2015 and 2014. No federal new market tax credits were used in 2013 .
In 2015, the Corporation also invested in a development entity through BOC Investment, LLC (“BOC”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of FBB, to acquire,
rehabilitate and operate a historic building in Madison, Wisconsin. At December 31, 2015 , the net carrying value of the investment was $578,000 . The aggregate
capital contributions to the project will be an amount not exceeding $3.5 million . The investment provides federal historic tax credits upon the completion of the
restoration project. No federal historic tax credits were used in 2015 .
The Corporation is the sole owner of $315,000 of common securities issued by FBFS Statutory Trust II, a Delaware business trust (“Trust II”). The purpose of
Trust II was to complete the sale of $10.0 million of 10.50% fixed rate trust preferred securities. Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was not
consolidated into the financial statements of the Corporation. The investment in Trust II of $315,000 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 is included in accrued
interest receivable and other assets.
A summary of accrued interest receivable and other assets is as follows:
Accrued interest receivable
Deferred tax assets, net
Investment in limited partnerships
Investment in community development entity
Investment in historic development entity
Investment in Trust II
Fair value of interest rate swaps
Prepaid expenses
Other
As of December 31,
2015
2014
$
(In Thousands)
4,412 $
2,633
3,215
7,500
578
315
552
2,175
3,502
Total accrued interest receivable and other assets
$
24,882 $
100
3,932
3,603
3,193
7,500
—
315
575
2,217
4,882
26,217
Table of Contents
Note 8 – Deposits
The composition of deposits at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was as follows. Weighted average balances represent year-to-date averages.
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Weighted
average
balance
Balance
Weighted
average rate
Balance
(Dollars in Thousands)
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average rate
Non-interest-bearing transaction accounts
$
231,199 $
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
Money market accounts
Certificates of deposit
Wholesale deposits
Total deposits
165,921
612,642
79,986
487,483
211,945
125,558
602,842
106,177
450,460
$
1,577,231 $
1,496,982
—% $
204,328 $
154,687
—%
0.24
0.55
0.78
1.43
0.73
104,199
575,766
126,635
427,340
83,508
493,322
60,284
416,202
$
1,438,268 $
1,208,003
0.22
0.52
0.89
1.49
0.78
A summary of annual maturities of certificates of deposit outstanding, including wholesale deposits, at December 31, 2015 follows:
(In Thousands)
Maturities during the year ended December 31,
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter
$
$
190,305
103,109
87,074
66,751
80,606
39,624
567,469
Deposits include approximately $11.5 million and $22.6 million of certificates of deposit, including wholesale deposits, which are denominated in amounts of
$250,000 or more at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
101
Table of Contents
Note 9 – FHLB Advances, Other Borrowings and Junior Subordinated Notes
The composition of borrowed funds at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was as follows. Weighted average balances represent year-to-date averages.
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Balance
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average
rate
Balance
Weighted
average
balance
Weighted
average
rate
Federal funds purchased
$
— $
FHLB advances and other borrowings
Line of credit
Subordinated notes payable
Junior subordinated notes
Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
9,790
2,510
22,926
10,315
45,541 $
7,010
38,531
45,541
$
$
$
237
15,457
1,619
22,926
10,315
50,554
(Dollars in Thousands)
0.86% $
— $
1.14
3.18
6.98
10.78
10,058
1,010
22,926
10,315
5.84
$
44,309 $
237
5,093
13
13,362
10,315
29,020
0.82%
0.56
3.30
7.07
10.78
7.24
$
$
2,010
42,299
44,309
The Corporation’s subsidiary banks, FBB and FBB-Milwaukee, are members of the FHLB of Chicago while Alterra is a member of the FHLB of Topeka.
Accordingly all three subsidiary banks of the Corporation are permitted to obtain advances.
The Corporation has a $78.1 million FHLB line of credit available for advances and open line borrowings which is collateralized by mortgage-related securities,
unencumbered first mortgage loans and secured small business loans as noted below. At December 31, 2015 , $70.1 million of this line remained unused. There
were no advances outstanding on the Corporation’s open line at December 31, 2015 and 2014 . There were $8.2 million of Term FHLB advances outstanding at
December 31, 2015 with stated fixed interest rates ranging from 0.89% to 4.96% compared to $9.4 million of Term FHLB advances outstanding at December 31,
2014 with stated fixed interest rate ranging from 0.71% to 4.96% . The Term FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2015 are due at various dates through
December 2017.
The Corporation is required to maintain, as collateral, mortgage-related securities and unencumbered first mortgage loans and secured small business loans in its
portfolio aggregating at least the amount of outstanding advances from the FHLB. Loans totaling approximately $75.0 million and $85.8 million and collateralized
mortgage obligations totaling approximately $21.7 million and $30.7 million were pledged as collateral for FHLB advances and unused available credit at
December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
The Corporation has a senior line of credit with a third-party financial institution of $10.5 million . As of December 31, 2015 , the line of credit carried an interest
rate of LIBOR + 2.75% with a floor of 3.125% and had certain performance debt covenants of which the Corporation was in compliance. The Corporation pays a
commitment fee on this senior line of credit. For the year ended December 31, 2015 the Corporation incurred $13,000 additional interest expense due to this fee.
Prior to February 19, 2015, the Corporation paid an unused line fee on this senior line of credit. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 , the Corporation
incurred $13,000 of additional interest expense due to this fee. On February 19, 2016 , the credit line was renewed for one additional year with pricing terms of
LIBOR + 2.75% with an interest rate floor of 3.125% and a maturity date of February 19, 2017 . As December 31, 2015 , the outstanding balance on the line of
credit was $2.5 million .
The Corporation has subordinated notes payable. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the amount of subordinated notes payable outstanding was $22.9 million . The
subordinated notes payable qualify for Tier 2 capital. At December 31, 2015 , $1.7 million of the subordinated notes bore an interest rate of LIBOR + 4.75% with
an interest rate floor of 6.00% , $6.2 million bore a fixed interest rate of 7.50% and $15.0 million bore a fixed interest rate of 6.50% . There are no debt covenants
on the subordinated notes payable. $1.7 million of the subordinated notes outstanding as of December 31, 2015 were held by a third-party financial institution and
mature on May 15, 2021 . $6.2 million of the subordinated notes consists of notes which the Corporation offered and sold to certain accredited investors in 2012.
The notes mature on January 15, 2022 and bear a fixed interest rate of 7.50% per year for their entire term. The Corporation may, at its option, redeem the notes,
in whole or part, at any time after the fifth anniversary of issuance.
102
Table of Contents
In September 2008 , Trust II completed the sale of $10.0 million of 10.50% fixed rate trust preferred securities (“Preferred Securities”). Trust II also issued
common securities of $315,000 . Trust II used the proceeds from the offering to purchase $10.3 million of 10.50% Junior Subordinated Notes (“Notes”) of the
Corporation. The Preferred Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon the maturity of the Notes on September 26, 2038 . The Preferred Securities qualify under
the risk-based capital guidelines as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes. Per the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies with total assets of
less than $15 billion are not required to phase out trust preferred securities as an element of Tier 1 capital as other, larger institutions must. The Corporation used
the proceeds from the sale of the Notes for general corporate purposes including providing additional capital to its subsidiaries. Debt issuance costs of
approximately $428,000 were capitalized in 2008 and are amortizing over the life of the Notes as an adjustment to interest expense. As of December 31, 2015 ,
$324,000 of debt issuance costs remain reflected in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
The Corporation has the right to redeem the Notes at each interest payment date on or after September 26, 2013 . The Corporation also has the right to redeem the
Notes, in whole but not in part, after the occurrence of certain special events. Special events are limited to: (1) a change in capital treatment resulting in the
inability of the Corporation to include the Notes in Tier 1 capital, (2) a change in laws or regulations that could require Trust II to register as an investment
company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and (3) a change in laws or regulations that would require Trust II to pay income tax with
respect to interest received on the Notes or, prohibit the Corporation from deducting the interest payable by the Corporation on the Notes or result in greater than a
de minimis amount of taxes for Trust II.
Trust II, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation, was not consolidated into the financial statements of the Corporation. Therefore, the Corporation presents
in its Consolidated Financial Statements junior subordinated notes as a liability and its investment in Trust II as a component of other assets.
Note 10 – Stockholders’ Equity and Regulatory Capital
On June 5, 2008, in connection with the implementation of the Shareholder Rights Plan dated the same date, the Board of Directors declared a dividend of one
common share purchase right for each outstanding share of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (common shares), of the Corporation. The dividend was paid
on July 15, 2008. Each right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Corporation one-half of one common share, at a price of $42.50 per full common
share (equivalent to $21.25 for each one-half of a common share), subject to adjustment. The rights will be exercisable only if a person or group acquires 15% or
more of the Corporation’s common stock or announces a tender offer for such stock. Under conditions described in the Shareholder Rights Plan, holders of rights
may acquire additional shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The value of shares acquired under the plan would have a market value of two times the then-
current per share purchase price. The rights will expire on June 5, 2018 if not renewed.
The Corporation and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by Federal, State of Wisconsin and State of Kansas banking
agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary actions on the part of regulators, that
if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Banks’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory practices. The
Corporation’s and the Banks’ capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and
other factors. The Corporation continuously reviews and updates when appropriate its Capital and Liquidity Action Plan (the “Capital Plan”), which is designed to
help ensure appropriate capital adequacy, to plan for future capital needs and to ensure that the Corporation serves as a source of financial strength to the Banks.
The Corporation’s and the Banks’ Boards of Directors and management teams adhere to the appropriate regulatory guidelines on decisions which affect their
capital position, including but not limited to, decisions relating to the payment of dividends and increasing indebtedness.
As a bank holding company, the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends is affected by the policies and enforcement powers of the Federal Reserve. Federal Reserve
guidance urges companies to strongly consider eliminating, deferring or significantly reducing dividends if: (i) net income available to common shareholders for
the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividend; (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention
is not consistent with the bank holding company’s capital needs and overall current prospective financial condition; or (iii) the bank holding company will not
meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital ratios. Management intends, when appropriate under regulatory guidelines, to consult with the
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and provide it with information on the Corporation’s then-current and prospective earnings and capital position in advance of
declaring any cash dividends.
The Banks are also subject to certain legal, regulatory and other restrictions on their ability to pay dividends to the Corporation. As a bank holding company, the
payment of dividends by the Banks to the Corporation is one of the sources of funds the
103
Table of Contents
Corporation could use to pay dividends, if any, in the future and to make other payments. Future dividend decisions by the Banks and the Corporation will continue
to be subject to compliance with various legal, regulatory and other restrictions as defined from time to time.
Qualitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Corporation and the Banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of Total,
common equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. These risk-based capital requirements presently address
credit risk related to both recorded and off-balance-sheet commitments and obligations. Management believes, as of December 31, 2015 , that the Corporation and
the Banks met all applicable capital adequacy requirements.
In July 2013, the FRB and the FDIC approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s (“BCBS”) capital guidelines for U.S.
banks. These rules are applicable to all financial institutions that are subject to minimum capital requirements, including federal and state banks and savings and
loan associations, as well as bank and savings and loan holding companies other than “small bank holding companies” (generally non-publicly traded bank holding
companies with consolidated assets of less than $1 billion). Under the final rules, minimum requirements will increase for both the quantity and quality of capital
held by the Corporation. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets minimum ratio of 4.5%, raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1
capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0%, require a minimum ratio of Total Capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%, and require a minimum Tier 1
leverage ratio of 4.0%. The rules also permit banking organizations with less than $15 billion to retain, through one-time election, the existing treatment for
accumulated other comprehensive income, which would not affect regulatory capital. The Corporation elected to retain this treatment, which reduces the volatility
of regulatory capital ratios. A new capital conservation buffer, comprised of common equity Tier 1 capital, is also established above the regulatory minimum
capital requirements. This capital conservation buffer will be phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increase each subsequent
year by an additional 0.625% until reaching its final level of 2.5% on January 1, 2019.
The phase-in period for the final rules became effective for the Corporation on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rules’ requirements
phased in over a multi-year schedule, to be fully phased-in by January 1, 2019. As of December 31, 2015 , the Corporation’s and the Bank’s capital levels
remained characterized as well capitalized under the new rules.
104
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Corporation’s and Banks’ capital ratios and the ratios required by their federal regulators at December 31, 2015 and 2014 ,
respectively:
As of December 31, 2015
Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Alterra Bank
Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Alterra Bank
Common equity tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank — Milwaukee
Alterra Bank
Tier 1 capital
(to average assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Alterra Bank
Actual
Minimum Required for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Minimum Required to Be Well
Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Requirements
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
189,163
11.11% $
136,208
8.00%
N/A
141,388
20,931
30,300
11.12
12.03
11.39
101,754
13,914
21,279
$
149,920
8.81
$
102,156
128,852
19,172
28,278
10.13
11.02
10.63
$
139,920
8.22
$
128,852
19,172
28,278
10.13
11.02
10.63
$
149,920
8.63
$
128,852
19,172
28,278
10.44
7.81
9.89
105
76,316
10,435
15,959
76,617
57,237
7,826
11,969
69,466
49,359
9,821
11,441
8.00
8.00
8.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
$
127,193
17,392
26,598
N/A
$
101,754
13,914
21,279
N/A
$
110,669
82,675
11,305
N/A
61,698
12,276
14,301
$
N/A
10.00%
10.00
10.00
N/A
8.00
8.00
8.00
N/A
6.50
6.50
6.50
N/A
5.00
5.00
5.00
Table of Contents
As of December 31, 2014
Total capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to risk-weighted assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Tier 1 capital
(to average assets)
Consolidated
First Business Bank
First Business Bank – Milwaukee
Actual
Minimum Required for Capital
Adequacy Purposes
Minimum Required to Be Well
Capitalized Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Requirements
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
173,263
12.13% $
114,253
8.00%
N/A
131,411
19,128
12.19
12.47
86,272
12,274
$
136,008
9.52
$
118,907
17,641
11.03
11.50
$
136,008
8.71
$
118,907
17,641
10.13
7.90
57,127
43,136
6,137
62,490
46,960
8,935
8.00
8.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
4.00
$
107,841
15,343
$
$
N/A
64,704
9,206
N/A
58,700
11,169
N/A
10.00%
10.00
N/A
6.00
6.00
N/A
5.00
5.00
The following table reconciles stockholders’ equity to federal regulatory capital at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Stockholders’ equity of the Corporation
Unrealized and accumulated (gains) losses on specific items
Disallowed servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships
Disallowed goodwill and other intangibles
Trust preferred securities
Tier 1 capital
Allowable general valuation allowances and subordinated debt
Risk-based capital
Note 11 – Earnings per Common Share
As of December 31,
2015
2014
(In Thousands)
$
150,832 $
137,748
80
(370)
(10,622)
10,000
149,920
39,243
$
189,163 $
(652)
(94)
(10,994)
10,000
136,008
37,255
173,263
Earnings per common share are computed using the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income allocated to
common shares by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities. Participating
securities include unvested restricted shares. Unvested restricted shares are considered participating securities because holders of these securities receive non-
forfeitable dividends at the same rate as holders of the Corporation’s common stock. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income allocated to
common shares adjusted for reallocation of undistributed earnings of unvested restricted shares by the weighted average number of shares determined for the basic
earnings per common share computation plus the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents using the treasury stock method.
Effective November 1, 2014, the Corporation successfully completed the acquisition of Aslin Group, Inc. and Alterra. Under the terms of the definitive agreement,
the Corporation issued 720,162 shares, on a post-split basis, to Aslin Group, Inc.
106
Table of Contents
shareholders as the stock portion of the consideration paid. This stock issuance impacted the Corporation’s earnings per share by increasing the number of shares
outstanding.
For the year ended December 31, 2015 , there were no average anti-dilutive employee share-based awards. For the year ended December 31, 2014 , there were four
average anti-dilutive employee share-based awards. All shares and earnings per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect the 2-for-1 stock split in the form of a
100% stock dividend completed in August 2015.
Basic
earnings
per
common
share
Net income
Less: earnings allocated to participating securities
Basic earnings allocated to common shareholders
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, excluding participating securities
Basic earnings per common share
Diluted
earnings
per
common
share
Earnings allocated to common shareholders
Reallocation of undistributed earnings
Diluted earnings allocated to common shareholders
$
$
$
$
$
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Data)
16,514 $
273
16,241 $
14,139 $
294
13,845 $
13,746
331
13,415
8,549,176
7,869,956
7,664,620
1.90 $
1.76 $
1.75
16,241 $
—
16,241 $
13,845 $
1
13,846 $
13,415
2
13,417
7,664,620
30,168
7,694,788
Weighted-average common shares outstanding, excluding participating securities
Dilutive effect of share-based awards
Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding, excluding participating securities
8,549,176
1,146
8,550,322
7,869,956
36,811
7,906,767
Diluted earnings per common share
$
1.90 $
1.75 $
1.74
Note 12 – Share-Based Compensation
The Corporation adopted the 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) during the quarter ended June 30, 2012. The Plan is administered by the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and provides for the grant of equity ownership opportunities through incentive stock options and
nonqualified stock options (together, “Stock Options”), restricted stock, restricted stock units and dividend equivalent units, and any other type of award permitted
by the Plan. As of December 31, 2015 , 311,445 shares were available for future grants under the Plan. Shares covered by awards that expire, terminate or lapse
will again be available for the grant of awards under the Plan. The Corporation may issue new shares and shares from treasury for shares delivered under the Plan.
Stock Options
The Corporation may grant Stock Options to senior executives and other employees under the Plan. Stock Options generally have an exercise price that is equal to
the fair value of the common shares on the date the option is awarded. Stock Options granted under the Plan are subject to graded vesting, generally ranging from 4
years to 8 years , and have a contractual term of 10 years . For any new awards issued, compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period for the
entire award on a straight-line basis. No Stock Options were granted since the Corporation became a reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
and no Stock Options have been modified, repurchased or canceled since such time. For that reason, no stock-based compensation related to Stock Options was
recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . As of December 31, 2015 , all Stock Options
granted and not previously forfeited
107
Table of Contents
had vested. The benefits of tax deductions as a result of disqualifying dispositions upon exercise of stock options are recognized as a financing cash flow activity.
The following table represents a summary of Stock Options activity for the periods indicated.
For the Years Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited
Outstanding at end of year
Options exercisable at end of year
Restricted Stock
Options
24,000 $
Weighted
average price
12.50
Options
102,000 $
Weighted
average price
12.12
Options
248,068 $
Weighted
average price
11.22
—
—
—
—
—
(24,000)
12.50
(78,000)
12.00
(139,368)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
24,000
24,000
—
—
12.50
12.50
(6,700)
—
102,000
102,000
—
10.57
11.00
—
12.12
12.12
Under the Plan, the Corporation may grant restricted shares to plan participants, subject to forfeiture upon the occurrence of certain events until the dates specified
in the participant’s award agreement. While the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture, the participant may exercise full voting rights and will receive all
dividends and other distributions paid with respect to the restricted shares. The restricted shares granted under the Plan are subject to graded vesting. Compensation
expense is recognized over the requisite service period of generally four years for the entire award on a straight-line basis. Upon vesting of restricted share awards,
the benefit of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense is recognized as a financing cash flow activity.
Restricted share activity for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was as follows:
Nonvested balance at beginning of year
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Nonvested balance as of end of year
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Number of
restricted
shares
154,998 $
53,790
(64,874)
Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
16.97
22.52
Number of
restricted
shares
169,418 $
64,522
Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
11.55
22.49
Number of
restricted
shares
189,012 $
50,060
15.23
(78,942)
9.86
(69,654)
(8,443)
15.03
—
—
—
135,471
20.13
154,998
16.97
169,418
Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
9.10
16.50
8.44
—
11.55
As of December 31, 2015 , $2.3 million of deferred compensation expense was included in additional paid-in capital in the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to
unvested restricted shares which the Corporation expects to recognize over approximately 2.8 years. As of December 31, 2015 , all restricted shares that vested
were delivered.
For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , share-based compensation expense included in the Consolidated Statements of Income was as follows:
Share-based compensation expense
$
1,063 $
887 $
660
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
108
Table of Contents
Note 13 – Employee Benefit Plans
The Corporation maintains a contributory 401(k) defined contribution plan covering substantially all employees. The Corporation matches 100% of amounts
contributed by each participating employee up to 3.0% of the employee’s compensation. The Corporation may also make discretionary contributions up to an
additional 6.0% of salary. Contributions are expensed in the period incurred and recorded in compensation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The
Corporation made a matching contribution of 3.0% to all eligible employees which totaled $573,000 , $398,000 and $348,000 for the years ended December 31,
2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Discretionary contributions of 3.3% , or $549,000 , 4.7% , or $632,000 , and 4.6% , or $533,000 , were made in 2015 , 2014
and 2013 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , the Corporation had a deferred compensation plan under which it provided contributions to supplement the retirement
income of one executive. Under the terms of the plan, benefits to be received are generally payable within six months of the date of the termination of employment
with the Corporation. The expense associated with the deferred compensation plan in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $116,000 , $101,000 and $81,000 , respectively.
The present value of future payments under the remaining plan of $863,000 and $747,000 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, is included in other
liabilities.
The Corporation owned life insurance policies on the life of the executive covered by the deferred compensation plan, which had cash surrender values and death
benefits of approximately $2.2 million and $5.8 million , respectively, at December 31, 2015 and cash surrender values and death benefits of approximately $2.1
million and $5.7 million , respectively, at December 31, 2014 . The remaining balance of the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance of $26.1 million
and $25.2 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, is related to policies on a number of then-qualified individuals affiliated with the Banks.
Note 14 – Leases
The Corporation and FBB occupy space in Madison, WI under an operating lease agreement that expires on July 7, 2028 . FBB has five loan production offices in
Appleton, Oshkosh, Green Bay, Manitowoc and Kenosha, Wisconsin that occupy office space under separate operating lease agreements that expire on various
dates between July 2016 and January 2018 . FBB – Milwaukee occupies office space under an operating lease agreement that expires on November 30, 2020 .
Alterra occupies office space in Leawood, KS under an operating lease agreement that expires on May 31, 2023 . Alterra also owns a branch location in Overland
Park, KS. The Corporation’s total rent expense was $1.7 million , $1.3 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 ,
respectively. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis. The Corporation also leases other office equipment. Rental expense for these operating leases was
$109,000 , $37,000 and $29,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.
Future minimum lease payments for noncancelable operating leases for each of the five succeeding years and thereafter are as follows:
(In Thousands)
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
Thereafter
$
$
1,227
1,089
1,030
1,044
1,036
5,518
10,944
109
Table of Contents
Note 15 - Other Operating Expenses
A summary of other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 is as follows:
Endowment to First Business Charitable Foundation
$
— $
— $
1,300
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
General and administrative expenses
Travel and other employee expenses
Computer software expenses
Partnership (income) loss
Foreclosed properties expenses
Other expenses
Total other operating expenses
Note 16 – Income Taxes
1,759
1,277
1,649
(481)
52
295
1,024
1,069
886
(774)
5
202
938
877
677
437
185
240
$
4,551 $
2,412 $
4,654
Income tax expense applicable to income for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 consists of the following:
Current:
Federal
State
Current tax expense
Deferred:
Federal
State
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
Total income tax expense
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
$
5,881 $
4,235 $
1,338
7,219
1,036
122
1,158
1,459
5,694
1,299
90
1,389
3,605
1,356
4,961
2,257
171
2,428
$
8,377 $
7,083 $
7,389
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and their tax basis. Net deferred tax assets are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.
110
Table of Contents
The significant components of the Corporation’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan and lease losses
Excess book basis over tax basis for net assets acquired
Deferred compensation
State net operating loss carryforwards
Write-down of foreclosed properties
Non-accrual loan interest
Capital loss carryforwards
Unrealized loss on securities
Other
Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
Valuation allowance
Total deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities:
Leasing and fixed asset activities
Loan servicing asset
Unrealized gain on securities
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax asset
At December 31,
2015
2014
(In Thousands)
$
6,422 $
697
1,305
666
14
813
33
50
328
10,328
(68)
10,260
6,878
612
—
137
7,627
5,501
2,082
1,332
694
1
751
32
—
305
10,698
(68)
10,630
6,393
364
137
133
7,027
$
2,633 $
3,603
The tax effects of unrealized gains and losses on derivative instruments and unrealized gains and losses on securities are components of other comprehensive
income. A reconciliation of the change in net deferred tax assets to deferred tax expense follows:
Change in net deferred tax assets
Deferred taxes allocated to other comprehensive income
Acquired deferred tax assets
Deferred income tax (expense) benefit
At December 31,
2015
2014
2013
$
(970) $
(119) $
(In Thousands)
(188)
—
352
(1,622)
$
(1,158) $
(1,389) $
(861)
(1,567)
—
(2,428)
Realization of the deferred tax asset over time is dependent upon the Corporation generating sufficient taxable earnings in future periods. In making its
determination that the realization of the deferred tax was more likely than not, the Corporation gave consideration to a number of factors including its recent
earnings history, its expected earnings in the future, appropriate tax planning strategies and expiration dates associated with operating loss carry forwards.
The Corporation had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $12.9 million and $13.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, which
can be used to offset future state taxable income. The carryforwards expire between 2023 and 2032 . A valuation allowance has been established for the future
benefits attributable to certain of the non-Wisconsin state net operating losses. The valuation allowance associated with these deferred tax assets was $68,000 as of
December 31, 2015 and 2014 . The Corporation believes it will be able to fully utilize its Wisconsin state net operating losses under this law and therefore no
valuation allowance has been established on its Wisconsin state net operating losses.
The provision for income taxes differs from that computed at the federal statutory corporate tax rate as follows:
111
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Income before income tax expense
Tax expense at statutory federal rate of 34.42% and 34% applied to income before income tax
expense, respectively
State income tax, net of federal effect
Tax-exempt security and loan income, net of TEFRA adjustments
$
$
24,891
(Dollars In Thousands)
$
21,222
$
21,135
8,568
$
7,305
$
7,275
968
(879)
—
(330)
—
(246)
296
1,000
(736)
(1)
(296)
124
(375)
62
$
8,377
$
7,083
$
33.65%
33.38%
906
(682)
59
(291)
—
—
122
7,389
34.96%
Change in valuation allowance
Bank-owned life insurance
Non-deductible transaction costs
Federal new market tax credit
Other
Total income tax expense
Effective tax rate
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the summary of all of the Corporation’s uncertain tax positions totaled $27,000 and $22,000 , respectively. There were no
material additions to or reductions from these uncertain tax positions for the year ended December 31, 2015 . In addition, there were no settlements of uncertain tax
positions. As of December 31, 2015 , tax years remaining open for the State of Wisconsin tax were 2011 through 2014 . Federal tax years that remained open were
2012 through 2014 . As of December 31, 2015 , there were no unrecognized tax benefits that are expected to significantly increase or decrease within the next
twelve months.
Note 17 – Derivative Financial Instruments
The Corporation offers interest rate swap products directly to qualified commercial borrowers. The Corporation economically hedges client derivative transactions
by entering into offsetting interest rate swap contracts executed with a third party. Derivative transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as
accounting hedge relationships and are marked-to-market through earnings each period. The derivative contracts have mirror-image terms, which results in the
positions’ changes in fair value primarily offsetting through earnings each period. The credit risk and risk of non-performance embedded in the fair value
calculations is different between the dealer counterparties and the commercial borrowers which may result in a difference in the changes in the fair value of the
mirror-image swaps. The Corporation incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own non-performance risk and the counterparty’s
risk in the fair value measurements. When evaluating the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effects of non-performance and credit risk, the Corporation
considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds and guarantees.
At December 31, 2015 , the aggregate amortizing notional value of interest rate swaps with various commercial borrowers was 24.7 million . The Corporation
receives fixed rates and pays floating rates based upon LIBOR on the swaps with commercial borrowers. These interest rate swaps mature in March, 2016 through
February, 2023 . Commercial borrower swaps are completed independently with each borrower and are not subject to master netting arrangements. These
commercial borrower swaps were reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a derivative asset of $552,000 , included in accrued interest receivable and other
assets. In the event of default on a commercial borrower interest rate swap by the counterparty, a right of offset exists to allow for the commercial borrower to set
off amounts due against the related commercial loan. As of December 31, 2015 , no interest rate swaps were in default and therefore all values for the commercial
borrower swaps are recorded on a gross basis within the Corporation’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.
At December 31, 2015 , the aggregate amortizing notional value of interest rate swaps with dealer counterparties was also 24.7 million . The Corporation pays
fixed rates and receives floating rates based upon LIBOR on the swaps with dealer counterparties. These interest rate swaps mature in March, 2016 through
February, 2023 . Dealer counterparty swaps are subject to master netting agreements among the contracts within each of our Banks and are reported on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets as a net derivative liability of $552,000 . The value of these swaps was included in accrued interest payable and other liabilities as of
December 31, 2015 . The gross amount of dealer counterparty swaps was also $552,000 as no right of offset existed with the dealer counterparty swaps as of
December 31, 2015 .
The table below provides information about the location and fair value of the Corporation’s derivative instruments as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
112
Table of Contents
Interest Rate Swap Contracts
Asset Derivatives
Liability Derivatives
Balance Sheet
Location
Fair Value
Balance Sheet
Location
Fair Value
(In Thousands)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
Other assets
Other assets
$
$
552 Other liabilities
575 Other liabilities
$
$
552
575
No derivative instruments held by the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2015 were considered hedging instruments. All changes in the fair value of
these instruments are recorded in other non-interest income . Given the mirror-image terms of the outstanding derivative portfolio, the change in fair value for the
years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 had an insignificant impact to the audited Consolidated Statements of Income.
Note 18 – Commitments and Contingencies
The Banks are party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of clients. These financial
instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of
the amounts recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The contract amounts reflect the extent of involvement the Banks have in these particular classes
of financial instruments.
In the event of non-performance, the Banks’ exposure to credit loss for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual
amount of these instruments. The Banks use the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as they do for instruments reflected in the
Consolidated Financial Statements. An accrual for credit losses on financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk would be recorded separate from any valuation
account related to any such recognized financial instrument. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , there were no accrued credit losses for financial instruments with
off-balance-sheet risk.
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent potential credit risk at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, are as follows:
Commitments to extend credit, primarily commercial loans
Standby letters of credit
At December 31,
2015
2014
$
(In Thousands)
512,627 $
18,622
406,183
17,555
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a client as long as there is no violation of any condition in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed
expiration dates or other termination clauses and may have a fixed interest rate or a rate which varies with the prime rate or other market indices and may require
payment of a fee. Since some commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements
of the Banks. The Banks evaluate the creditworthiness of each client on a case-by-case basis and generally extend credit only on a secured basis. Collateral
obtained varies but consists primarily of commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and securities. There is generally no market for
commercial loan commitments, the fair value of which would approximate the present value of any fees expected to be received as a result of the commitment.
These are not considered to be material to the financial statements.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Banks to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. Generally, standby letters of
credit expire within one year and are collateralized by accounts receivable, equipment, inventory and commercial properties. The credit risk involved in issuing
letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to clients. The fair value of standby letters of credit is recorded as a liability
when the standby letter of credit is issued. The fair value has been estimated to approximate the fees received by the Banks for issuance. The fees are recorded into
income and the fair value of the guarantee is decreased ratably over the term of the standby letter of credit.
113
Table of Contents
In the normal course of business, various legal proceedings involving the Corporation are pending. Management, based upon advice from legal counsel, does not
anticipate any significant losses as a result of these actions. Management believes that any liability arising from any such proceedings currently existing or
threatened will not have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
Note 19 – Fair Value
The Corporation determines the fair market values of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy established in ASC Topic 820, which requires an
entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that
would be received in an orderly transaction that is not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement date and is based on exit prices. Fair value includes
assumptions about risk such as nonperformance risk in liability fair values and is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific measurement. The standard
describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value.
Level 1 — Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Corporation has the ability to access at the
measurement date.
Level 2 — Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included with Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability either directly or indirectly, such as
quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable
market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 — Level 3 inputs are inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value
hierarchy within which the entire fair value measurement falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The
Corporation’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to
the asset or liability.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by fair value hierarchy level, are summarized below:
December 31, 2015
Assets:
Securities available-for-sale:
Municipal obligations
Asset backed securities
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
Interest rate swaps
Liabilities:
Interest rate swaps
Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
(In Thousands)
$
— $
4,283 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
1,269
8,017
44,543
82,436
552
—
—
—
—
—
4,283
1,269
8,017
44,543
82,436
552
$
— $
552 $
— $
552
114
Table of Contents
December 31, 2014
Assets:
Securities available-for-sale:
Municipal obligations
Asset backed securities
U.S. Government agency obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government issued
Collateralized mortgage obligations - government-sponsored enterprises
Interest rate swaps
Liabilities:
Interest rate swaps
Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
(In Thousands)
$
— $
578 $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
1,510
8,965
68,874
64,771
575
—
—
—
—
—
578
1,510
8,965
68,874
64,771
575
$
— $
575 $
— $
575
For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, there were no transfers between the levels during the years ended December 31, 2015 or 2014
related to the above measurements.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, segregated by fair value hierarchy are summarized below:
Balance at
December 31, 2015
$
17,763 $
1,677
1,563
Balance at
December 31, 2014
$
8,565 $
1,693
943
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2015
Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In Thousands)
— $
—
—
11,518 $
1,677
—
6,245 $
—
1,563
As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 2014
Fair Value Measurements Using
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In Thousands)
— $
—
—
7,025 $
1,693
—
1,540 $
—
943
Total
Gains
(Losses)
Total
Gains
(Losses)
—
(36)
—
—
(4)
—
Impaired loans
Foreclosed properties
Loan servicing rights
Impaired loans
Foreclosed properties
Loan servicing rights
Impaired loans were written down to the fair value of their underlying collateral less costs to sell of $17.8 million and $8.6 million at December 31, 2015 and
December 31, 2014 , respectively, through the establishment of specific reserves or by recording charge-offs when the carrying value exceeded the fair value.
Valuation techniques consistent with the market approach, income approach, or cost approach were used to measure fair value and primarily included observable
inputs for the individual impaired loans being evaluated such as current appraisals, recent sales of similar assets or other observable market data. In cases where
such inputs were unobservable, specifically discounts applied to appraisal values to adjust such values to current market conditions or to reflect net realizable
value, the impaired loan balance is reflected within Level 3 of the hierarchy. The quantification of unobservable inputs for Level 3 values range from 10% - 100% .
The weighted average of those unobservable inputs as of the measurement date of December 31, 2015 was 66% . The majority of the impaired loans in the Level 3
category are considered collateral dependent loans.
115
Table of Contents
Loan servicing rights represent the asset retained upon sale of the guaranteed portion of certain SBA loans. When SBA loans are sold, servicing rights are initially
recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. The servicing rights are subsequently measured using the amortization
method, which requires amortization into interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying
loans.The Corporation periodically reviews this portfolio for impairment and engages a third-party valuation firm to assess the fair value of the overall servicing
rights portfolio. Loan servicing rights do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of loan servicing rights do occur, the
precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available to allow for a “quoted price for similar assets” comparison. Accordingly, the Corporation utilizes an
independent valuation from a third party which uses a discounted cash flow model to estimate the fair value of its loan servicing rights. The valuation model
incorporates prepayment assumptions to project loan servicing rights cash flows based on the current interest rate scenario, which is then discounted to estimate an
expected fair value of the loan servicing rights. The valuation model considers portfolio characteristics of the underlying serviced portion of the SBA loans and
uses the following significant unobservable inputs: (1) constant prepayment rate (“CPR”) assumptions based on the SBA sold pools historical CPR as quoted in
Bloomberg and (2) a discount rate of 10%. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, loan servicing rights are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. As of
December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , the estimated fair value of the Corporation’s loan servicing asset was $1.6 million and $943,000 , respectively.
Foreclosed properties, upon initial recognition, are re-measured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan and lease losses, if deemed
necessary, based upon the fair value of the foreclosed property. The fair value of a foreclosed property, upon initial recognition, is estimated using a market
approach or Level 2 inputs based on observable market data, typically an appraisal, or Level 3 inputs based upon assumptions specific to the individual property or
equipment. Level 3 inputs typically include unobservable inputs such as management applied discounts used to further reduce values to a net realizable value and
may be used in situations when observable inputs become stale. Foreclosed property fair value inputs may transition to Level 1 upon receipt of an accepted offer
for the sale of the related foreclosed property. As of December 31, 2015 , there were no foreclosed properties supported by a Level 3 valuation. Subsequent
impairments of foreclosed properties are recorded as a loss on foreclosed properties. Based upon an evaluation of value of certain of the Corporation’s foreclosed
properties, impairment losses of $36,000 on foreclosed properties were recognized for the year ended December 31, 2015 . The activity of the Corporation’s
foreclosed properties is summarized as follows:
Foreclosed properties at the beginning of the period
Foreclosed properties acquired in acquisition, at fair value
Loans transferred to foreclosed properties, at lower of cost or fair value
Payments to priority lien holders of foreclosed properties
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed properties
Net gain on sale of foreclosed properties
Impairment valuation
Foreclosed properties at the end of the period
116
As of and for the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
(In Thousands)
1,693 $
—
341
—
(528)
207
(36)
1,677 $
333
1,605
—
—
(255)
14
(4)
1,693
$
$
Table of Contents
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The Corporation is required to disclose estimated fair values for its financial instruments. Fair value estimates, methods, and assumptions, consistent with exit price
concepts for fair value measurements, are set forth below:
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available-for-sale
Securities held-to-maturity
Loans held for sale
Loans and lease receivables, net
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Cash surrender value of life insurance
Accrued interest receivable
Interest rate swaps
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Interest rate swaps
Accrued interest payable
Off balance sheet items:
Standby letters of credit
Commitments to extend credit
*Not meaningful
Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2015
Fair Value
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In Thousands)
$
113,564 $
113,564 $
100,063 $
4,451 $
9,050
140,548
37,282
2,702
140,548
37,558
2,702
1,414,649
1,445,773
2,843
28,298
4,412
552
2,843
28,298
4,412
552
—
—
—
—
—
28,298
4,412
—
140,548
37,558
2,702
11,518
—
—
—
552
$
1,577,231 $
1,577,838 $
1,009,762 $
568,076 $
35,839
6,939
552
1,766
183
*
—
—
—
1,766
—
*
35,839
—
552
—
—
*
35,226
10,315
552
1,766
183
—
117
—
—
—
1,434,255
2,843
—
—
—
—
—
6,939
—
—
183
*
Table of Contents
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities available-for-sale
Securities held-to-maturity
Loans held for sale
Loans and lease receivables, net
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Cash surrender value of life insurance
Accrued interest receivable
Interest rate swaps
Financial liabilities:
Deposits
Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings
Junior subordinated notes
Interest rate swaps
Accrued interest payable
Off balance sheet items:
Standby letters of credit
Commitments to extend credit
*Not meaningful
Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2014
Fair Value
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
(In Thousands)
$
103,237 $
103,227 $
85,937 $
6,890 $
10,400
144,698
41,563
1,340
144,698
41,694
1,340
1,265,098
1,285,162
2,340
27,314
3,932
575
2,340
27,314
3,932
575
—
—
—
—
—
27,314
3,932
—
144,698
41,694
1,340
7,025
—
—
—
575
$
1,438,268 $
1,440,248 $
884,292 $
555,956 $
33,994
10,315
575
1,574
192
—
34,590
7,101
575
1,574
192
*
—
—
—
1,574
—
*
34,590
—
575
—
—
*
—
—
—
1,278,137
2,340
—
—
—
—
—
7,101
—
—
192
*
Disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, for which it is practicable to estimate that value, is required whether or not recognized in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation
techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the
derived fair value estimates cannot be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the
instruments. Certain financial instruments and all non-financial instruments are excluded from the disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value
amounts presented do not necessarily represent the underlying value of the Corporation.
Cash and cash equivalents: The carrying amounts reported for cash and due from banks, interest bearing deposits held by the Corporation, accrued interest
receivable and accrued interest payable approximate fair value because of their immediate availability and because they do not present unanticipated credit
concerns. The carrying value of commercial paper, included in the cash and cash equivalents category, approximates fair value due to the short-term maturity
structure of the instrument. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Corporation held $9.1 million and $10.4 million , respectively, of commercial paper. The fair
value of commercial paper is considered a Level 3 input due to the lack of available independent pricing sources. The carrying value of brokered certificates of
deposit purchased is equivalent to purchase price of the instrument as the Corporation has not elected a fair value option for these instruments. The fair value of
brokered certificates of deposits purchased is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows using a discount rate reflective of rates currently offered for
deposits of similar remaining maturities. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the Corporation held $4.5 million and $6.9 million , respectively, of brokered
certificates of deposits.
Securities: The fair value measurements of investment securities are determined by a third-party pricing service which considers observable data that may include
dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the
securities’ terms and conditions, among other things. On a sample basis, the fair value measurements are subject to independent verification by another pricing
source on a quarterly basis to review for reasonableness. In addition, the Corporation reviews the third-party valuation methodology on a
118
Table of Contents
periodic basis. Any significant differences in valuation are reviewed with appropriate members of management who have the relevant technical expertise to assess
the results. The Corporation has determined that these valuations are classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. When the independent pricing service does
not provide a fair value measurement for a particular security, the Corporation will estimate the fair value based on specific information about each security. Fair
values derived in this manner are classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Loans Held for Sale: Loans held for sale, which consist of residential real estate mortgage loans and the guaranteed portion of SBA loans, are carried at the lower
of cost or estimated fair value. The estimated fair value was based on what secondary markets are currently offering for portfolios with similar characteristics.
Loans and Leases: The fair value estimation process for the loan portfolio uses an exit price concept and reflects discounts that the Corporation believes are
consistent with liquidity discounts in the market place. Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. The fair value of
performing and nonperforming loans is calculated by discounting scheduled and expected cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market rates
that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the portfolio of loans and then applying a discount factor based upon the embedded credit risk of the loan and
the fair value of collateral securing nonperforming loans when the loan is collateral dependent. The estimate of maturity is based on the Banks’ historical
experience with repayments for each loan classification, modified, as required, by an estimate of the effect of current economic and lending conditions. Significant
unobservable inputs include, but are not limited to, discounts (investor yield premiums) applied to fair value calculations to further determine the exit price value
of a portfolio of loans.
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank Stock: The carrying amount of FHLB and FRB stock equals its fair value because the shares may be
redeemed by the FHLB at their carrying amount of $100 per share.
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance: The carrying amount of cash surrender value of life insurance approximates its fair value as the carrying value
represents the current settlement amount.
Deposits: The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as demand deposits and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The
fair value of time deposits is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of
similar remaining maturities. The fair value estimates do not include the intangible value that results from the funding provided by deposit liabilities compared to
borrowing funds in the market.
Borrowed Funds: Market rates currently available to the Corporation and Banks for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair
value of existing debt.
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risks: The fair value of the Corporation’s off-balance-sheet instruments is based on quoted market prices and
fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit standing of the related
counterparty. Commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are generally not marketable. Furthermore, interest rates on any amounts drawn under
such commitments would generally be established at market rates at the time of the draw. Fair value would principally derive from the present value of fees
received for those products.
Interest Rate Swaps: The carrying amount and fair value of existing derivative financial instruments are based upon independent valuation models, which use
widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative contract. This analysis reflects the
contractual terms of the derivatives, including the period to maturity, and uses observable market-based inputs, including interest rate curves and implied
volatilities. The Corporation incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both its own nonperformance risk and the respective counterparty’s
nonperformance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of its derivative contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, the Corporation has
considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts and guarantees.
Limitations: Fair value estimates are made at a discrete point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Corporation’s entire holding of a particular financial
instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Corporation’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding
future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective
in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could
significantly affect the estimates.
119
Table of Contents
Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value
of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses
can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and were not considered in the estimates.
Note 20 – Condensed Parent Only Financial Information
The following represents the condensed financial information of FBFS only:
Condensed Balance Sheets
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Investments in subsidiaries, at equity
Leasehold improvements and equipment, net
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Borrowed funds
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
As of December 31,
2015
2014
(In Thousands)
$
$
$
1,099 $
187,530
1,519
2,849
192,997 $
35,751 $
6,414
42,165
150,832
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
192,997 $
Condensed Statements of Income
1,179
170,923
1,388
2,695
176,185
34,251
4,186
38,437
137,748
176,185
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest expense
Non-interest income
Consulting and rental income from consolidated subsidiaries
Other
Total non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of consolidated subsidiaries
Income tax benefit
Loss before equity in undistributed net income of consolidated subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed net income of consolidated subsidiaries
Net income
120
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
$
— $
— $
(In Thousands)
2,777
(2,777)
13,398
35
13,433
16,854
(6,198)
(2,527)
(3,671)
20,185
2,071
(2,071)
10,776
34
10,810
13,444
(4,705)
(1,659)
(3,046)
17,185
$
16,514 $
14,139 $
—
1,952
(1,952)
9,738
34
9,772
10,558
(2,738)
(1,050)
(1,688)
15,434
13,746
Table of Contents
Operating activities
Net income
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
For the Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
(In Thousands)
$
16,514 $
14,139 $
13,746
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:
Equity in undistributed earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
(20,185)
(17,185)
(15,434)
Share-based compensation
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
Increase in other liabilities
Other, net
Net cash used in operating activities
Investing activities
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Capital contributions to subsidiaries
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
Financing activities
Net increase in short-term borrowed funds
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs
Repayment of long-term debt
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
Purchase of treasury stock
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation
Dividends paid
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period
448
(162)
2,390
(319)
(1,314)
7,034
(3,000)
4,034
1,500
—
—
—
300
(946)
162
(3,816)
(2,800)
(80)
1,179
416
(305)
1,002
(842)
(2,775)
8,000
(32,980)
(24,980)
1,000
14,469
(4,000)
16,560
936
(1,795)
305
(3,396)
24,079
(3,676)
4,855
$
1,099 $
1,179 $
121
311
(145)
867
(34)
(689)
8,000
(850)
7,150
—
—
—
—
1,474
(1,782)
145
(2,475)
(2,638)
3,823
1,032
4,855
Table of Contents
Note 21 – Condensed Quarterly Earnings (unaudited)
2015
2014
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
(Dollars in Thousands, Except per share data)
$
18,216 $
17,520 $
18,135 $
18,600 $
13,402 $
13,565 $
13,871 $
16,863
(3,286)
(3,332)
(3,525)
(3,688)
(2,601)
(2,766)
(2,936)
(3,268)
14,930
14,188
14,610
14,912
10,801
10,799
10,935
13,595
(684)
3,848
(520)
4,126
(287)
4,102
(1,895)
4,935
(180)
2,321
91
89
2,358
2,459
(1,236)
2,965
(11,732)
(11,974)
(11,984)
(11,684)
(7,852)
(7,749)
(8,047)
(10,127)
6,362
(2,170)
5,820
6,441
6,268
5,090
5,499
5,436
(1,962)
(2,060)
(2,185)
(1,753)
(1,994)
(1,883)
5,197
(1,453)
$
4,192 $
3,858 $
4,381 $
4,083 $
3,337 $
3,505 $
3,553 $
3,744
Interest income
Interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for loan losses
Non-interest income
Non-interest expense
Income before income tax expense
Income taxes
Net income
Per common share data:
Basic earnings per common share
$
0.48 $
0.45 $
0.50 $
0.47 $
0.43 $
0.44 $
0.45 $
Diluted earnings per common share
Dividends declared per share
0.48
0.11
0.45
0.11
0.50
0.11
0.47
0.11
0.42
0.105
0.44
0.105
0.45
0.105
0.44
0.44
0.105
All per share amounts have been adjusted to reflect the 2-for-1 stock split in the form of a 100% stock dividend completed in August 2015.
122
Table of Contents
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
First Business Financial Services, Inc.:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2015
and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the
three‑year period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First Business Financial
Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year
period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), First Business Financial Services,
Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal
Control
-
Integrated
Framework
(2013) issued by
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 11, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Chicago, Illinois
March 11, 2016
/s/ KPMG LLP
123
Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Corporation’s management, with the participation of the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the
Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based
upon that evaluation, the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure controls and
procedures were effective as of December 31, 2015 .
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Corporation’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined
in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is a process
designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of the Corporation’s
internal control over financial reporting based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal
Control
–
Integrated
Framework
(2013)
, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this assessment, management has
determined that the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015 .
KPMG LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation included in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2015 . The report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2015 , is included under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”
124
Table of Contents
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
First Business Financial Services, Inc.:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We have audited First Business Financial Services, Inc.’s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria
established in Internal
Control
-
Integrated
Framework
(2013)
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). First
Business Financial Services, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial
reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, First Business Financial Services, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2015, based on criteria established in Internal
Control
-
Integrated
Framework
(2013)
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of
First Business Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive
income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and our report dated March 11,
2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
Chicago, Illinois
March 11, 2016
/s/ KPMG LLP
125
Table of Contents
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
PART III.
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
(a) Directors
of
the
Registrant
. The information included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of the Shareholders to be held on
May 16, 2016 under the captions “Item 1 - Election of Directors,” “Corporate Governance Principles and Practices” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance” is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Executive
Officers
of
the
Registrant
. The information presented in Item 1 of this document is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Code
of
Ethics
. The Corporation has adopted a code of ethics applicable to all employees, including the principal executive officer, principal financial
officer and principal accounting officer of the Corporation. The FBFS Code of Ethics is posted on the Corporation’s website at
www.firstbusiness.com. The Corporation intends to satisfy the disclosure requirements under Item 5.05(c) of Form 8-K regarding any amendment to
or waiver of the code with respect to its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, and persons performing
similar functions, by posting such information to the Corporation’s website.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information with respect to compensation for our directors and officers included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of the
Shareholders to be held on May 16, 2016 under the captions “Executive Compensation,” “Summary Compensation Table,” “Long Term Incentive Plans,”
“Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2015 ,” “Disclosure Regarding Termination and Change in Control Provisions” and “Director Compensation” is
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information with respect to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual
Meeting of the Shareholders to be held on May 16, 2016 under the caption “Principal Shareholders” is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information with respect to certain relationships and related transactions included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of the
Shareholders to be held on May 16, 2016 under the captions “Related Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Principles and Practices” is incorporated
herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Information with respect to principal accounting fees and services included in the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of the Shareholders
to be held on May 16, 2016 under the caption “Miscellaneous” is incorporated herein by reference.
126
Table of Contents
PART IV.
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
The Consolidated Financial Statements listed on the Index included under “ Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ” are filed as a part
of this Form 10-K. All financial statement schedules have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or are either not applicable or not significant.
Exhibits . See Exhibit Index.
127
Table of Contents
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
/s/ Corey A. Chambas
Corey A. Chambas
Chief Executive Officer
March 11, 2016
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
/s/ Corey A. Chambas
Corey A. Chambas
/s/ James F. Ropella
James F. Ropella
/s/ Jerome J. Smith
Jerome J. Smith
/s/ Mark D. Bugher
Mark D. Bugher
/s/ Jan A. Eddy
Jan A. Eddy
/s/ John J. Harris
John J. Harris
/s/ Gerald L. Kilcoyne
Gerald L. Kilcoyne
/s/ John M. Silseth
John M. Silseth
/s/ Barbara H. Stephens
Barbara H. Stephens
/s/ Dean W. Voeks
Dean W. Voeks
Title
Date
Chief Executive Officer
March 11, 2016
Principal Financial Officer
March 11, 2016
Chairman of the Board of Directors
March 11, 2016
Director
March 11, 2016
Director
March 11, 2016
Director
March 11, 2016
Director
March 11, 2016
Director
March 11, 2016
Director
March 11, 2016
Director
March 11, 2016
128
Table of Contents
Exhibit No.
Exhibit Name
Exhibit Index
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of First Business Financial Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1
to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of First Business Financial Services, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on January 31, 2012)
Pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K, the Registrant agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission, upon
request, any instrument defining the rights of holders of long-term debt not being registered that is not filed as an exhibit to this
Annual Report on Form 10-K. No such instrument authorizes securities in excess of 10% of the total assets of the Registrant.
Rights Agreement, dated as of June 5, 2008, between the Registrant and Computershare Investor Services, Inc. (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed on June 6, 2008)
Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on
Form S-1 filed on November 26, 2012)
2001 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Amended Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on
April 28, 2005)
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Amended Registration Statement on
Form 10 filed on April 28, 2005)
2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Corporation’s Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual
Meeting of Shareholders filed on March 31, 2006)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on
September 28, 2006)
2012 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on July 27, 2012)
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on
August 13, 2012)
Form of Executive Change-in-Control and Severance Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on February 10, 2006)
Amended and Restated Agreement effective December 22, 2014 between First Business Financial Services, Inc. and Corey A.
Chambas (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2015)
Employment Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2014, between First Business Financial Services, Inc. and Pamela Berneking
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2015)
10.10
Annual Incentive Bonus Program, as amended, dated March 6, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on March 6, 2015)
129
Table of Contents
10.11
Offer Letter between the Company and Edward G. Sloane, Jr. accepted January 9, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 14, 2016)
10.12
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement - Initial Grant
10.13
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement - Replacement Grant
21
23
31.1
31.2
32
101
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Consent of KPMG LLP
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer
Certification of the Senior Vice President and Principal Financial Officer
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section
1350
The following financial information from First Business Financial Services, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the years ended
December 31, 2015, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014
and 2013, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, (iv)
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, (v)
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and (vi) the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements
130
FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.12
THIS AGREEMENT, made this XXth day of XX, 20XX, (the “Grant Date”) by FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL
SERVICES, INC. , a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), and XXXXXXXXXX, an employee of the Company or one of its
affiliates (the “Participant”).
1.
Grant of Restricted Stock Units. Pursuant to the First Business Financial Services, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the
“2012 Plan”), the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or a committee thereof (the “Committee”) has granted to
the Participant, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, xxx Restricted Stock Units (the “Units”).
2.
Period of Restriction.
a.
b.
Vesting
Period.
Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Units will vest on each of the first four (4) anniversaries of the
Grant Date, provided that, subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) relating to Retirement (as defined below), the
Participant is employed by the Company or an Affiliate on the applicable vesting date. If the Participant’s
employment terminates prior to the date the Units are vested as a result of death or disability (within the meaning of
Code Section 22(e)(3)), the Units will become fully vested on such date of termination. Subject to the provisions of
Section 2(b) relating to Retirement, upon any other termination of employment prior to the date the Units are vested,
the Participant will forfeit the Units unless otherwise determined by the Board or Committee. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, in the event of a Change in Control, (1) any Units still outstanding shall become fully vested, or (2) if the
Participant terminated employment within the 30 calendar days prior to the Change in Control and forfeited the Units,
then such forfeited Units shall be re-issued to the Participant upon the Change in Control, and shall be fully vested on
the date of such re-issuance provided that (1) the Participant did not voluntarily resign prior to the effective date of
the Change in Control and (2) the Participant was not terminated for cause (as determined in good faith by the Board
or Committee) prior to the effective date of such Change in Control.
Retirement.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(a), if the Participant’s employment terminates as a
result of Retirement after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then the Units shall not be forfeited as a result of
such termination of employment and shall continue to vest for as long as the Participant remains Retired (as defined
below). “Retirement” for this purpose shall mean the Participant’s separation from service with the Company and its
Affiliates on or after the date on which the Participant has achieved age 60 with at least 10 years of service in a senior
executive capacity with the Company; provided that the Participant provides at least twelve (12) months’ notice to the
Company’s Chief Executive
Officer (or, if the Participant is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, to the Board) prior to such Retirement.
Following the Participant’s Retirement, the Participant shall be considered “Retired” for purposes of this Agreement
so long as the Participant does not (x) directly, or indirectly through another, act as an officer, director, partner or
employee of or consultant to or act in any managerial capacity with any entity that is engaged in the financial service
industry or (y) act in any full-time position with any other entity if such position requires duties and responsibilities
similar to the duties and responsibilities of the Participant with the Company prior to Retirement. Whether the
Participant remains Retired at any time shall be determined by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion. If,
while this Award is outstanding, the Participant commences employment or other work of any kind following
Retirement, then the Participant is required to promptly provide written notice to the Company of the name of his or
her employer and the nature of his or her position or other work. In addition, as a condition for this Award to remain
outstanding following Retirement, the Company will require the Participant to provide information relating to his or
her activities following Retirement prior to each vesting date to enable the Board or the Committee to determine
whether the Participant remains Retired, and the Participant’s failure to provide such information upon request will
cause the Award to be forfeited. If the Participant receives any benefit under this Award after Retirement but when he
or she is no longer Retired, then the Participant will be obligated to repay to the Company the value of such benefit
(with such value to be determined by the Company, which may include a reasonable rate of interest) promptly
following receipt from the Company of notice to the Participant of his or her repayment obligation.
Settlement
. As soon as practicable (but not more than thirty (30) days) after the Units vest, a number of Shares equal
to the vested Units shall be issued to the Participant (or his or her beneficiary as provided in Section 5).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Participant who is Retirement-eligible, is a specified employee
(within the meaning of Code Section 409A) and whose Units vest due to the Participant’s termination of employment
as a result of disability, settlement of the Units will not occur until six months following the Participant’s “separation
from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A. In addition, notwithstanding any provision herein to the
contrary, in order for the Units held by a Participant who is Retirement-eligible or Retired to vest upon a Change in
Control, such Change in Control must qualify as “change in control event” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.
All vested Units shall be cancelled following settlement thereof.
Non-Transferability
of
Units
. The Participant may not sell, transfer or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of the
Units.
No
Voting
Rights;
Dividend
Equivalents
and
Other
Distributions
. The Participant shall not have voting rights with
respect to Shares subject to the Units unless and until such Shares are reflected as issued and outstanding shares on
the Company’s stock ledger following vesting and settlement. The Participant shall receive a cash
c.
d.
e.
2
payment equivalent to any dividends or other distributions paid with respect to the Shares subject to the Units, so long
as the applicable record date occurs before such Units are forfeited or cancelled. Such cash payment shall be paid to
the Participant (or the Participant’s beneficiary in accordance with Section 5) at the same time as the dividend or
other distribution is paid to stockholders of the Company. If, however, any dividends or distributions with respect to
the Stock underlying the Units are paid in shares rather than cash, then the Participant shall be credited with
additional restricted stock units equal to the number of shares that the Participant would have received had the Units
been actual shares, and such restricted stock units shall be deemed Units subject to the same risk of forfeiture and
other terms of this Agreement. The Participant shall have no rights as a holder of Stock unless and until the Shares are
issued to the Participant. .
f.
Termination
of
Employment
. For purposes of this Agreement, the Participant will not be considered to have
terminated employment if the Participant transfers employment between the Company and any Affiliate of the
Company, or between the Company’s Affiliates, or ceases to be employed by the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company and immediately thereafter becomes (or remains) a non-employee director of the Company, a non-
employee director of any Affiliate, or a consultant to the Company or any Affiliate until such Participant’s service as
an employee, director of, or consultant to, the Company and its Affiliates has ceased.
3.
4.
5.
Non-Transferability of Award . This Agreement shall not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution, or pursuant to a beneficiary designation filed in accordance with Section 5.
Issuance of Shares. The Shares issued in settlement of the Units will be issued and delivered in book entry form, and the
Company will not be liable for damages relating to any delays in making an appropriate book entry or any mistakes or errors
in the making of the book entry; provided that the Company shall correct any errors caused by it. Any such book entry will
be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under (a) the 2012 Plan and
any agreement between the Participant and the Company with respect to this Award or the Shares, (b) any applicable federal
or state laws, and/or (c) the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) of
any stock exchange upon which the Shares are listed. The Company may cause an appropriate book entry notation to be
made with respect to the Shares to reference any of the foregoing restrictions.
Beneficiary. The Participant may designate one or more beneficiaries who shall be entitled to receive the Shares that are
issued following the death of Participant. The Participant may from time to time revoke or change his or her beneficiary
designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such
designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation
thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall any
designation be effective
3
as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of Participant’s death, or if no
designated beneficiary survives the Participant or if such designation conflicts with law, the Participant’s estate will be
considered the beneficiary. If the Board is in doubt as to the right of any person to receive Shares, the Company may refuse
to issue shares to any individual, without liability for any interest or dividends on the underlying Stock, until the Board
determines the person entitled to receive the shares, or the Company may apply to any court of appropriate jurisdiction and
such application shall be a complete discharge of any Company liability.
6.
Restrictions on Issuance and Transfer of Shares.
a.
b.
General.
No shares of Stock will be issued under this Agreement unless and until the Company has determined to its
satisfaction that such issuance complies with all relevant provisions of applicable law, including the requirements of
any stock exchange on which the shares may then be traded.
Securities
Laws.
Participant acknowledges that he or she is acquiring any Shares issued under this Award for
investment purposes only and not with a view to resale or other distribution thereof to the public in violation of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Participant agrees and acknowledges with respect to any Shares that
have not been registered under the Act, that (i) Participant will not sell or otherwise dispose of such shares except
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and any applicable state securities laws, or in a
transaction which in the opinion of counsel for the Company is exempt from such registration, and (ii) a legend or
appropriate stop transfer order will be placed on the certificates or book entry for the shares to such effect. As further
conditions to the issuance of the Shares, the Participant agrees individually and on behalf of all beneficiary(ies), heirs,
legatees and legal representatives, prior to such issuance to execute and deliver to the Company such investment
representations and warranties, to enter into a restrictive stock transfer agreement, and to take or refrain from taking
such other actions, as counsel for the Company determines may be necessary or appropriate for compliance with the
Act and any applicable federal or state securities laws, regardless of whether the shares have at that time been
registered under the Act or qualified under the securities laws of any state.
7.
Tax Withholding. To the extent that the receipt or vesting of, or other event with respect to, the Units or Shares subject to
this Agreement results in income to the Participant for Federal, state or local income tax purposes or otherwise gives rise to a
withholding obligation on the part of the Company or its Affiliates, the Participant shall deliver to the Company at the time
the Company (or a Subsidiary or Affiliate) is obligated to withhold taxes such amount as the Company requires to meet its
withholding obligation under applicable tax laws or regulations, and if the Participant fails to do so, the Company has the
right and authority to deduct or withhold from other compensation payable to the Participant an amount sufficient to satisfy
its withholding obligations. The Participant may satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by electing to have
the Company withhold for
4
8.
9.
its own account that number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant hereunder on the date the tax is to be
determined having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory
total tax that the Company must withhold. Such election must be irrevocable, and submitted to the Company’s Human
Resources Director before the applicable withholding date. The Fair Market Value of any fractional Share not used to satisfy
the withholding obligation (as determined on the date the tax is determined) will be paid in cash.
Failure to Enforce Not a Waiver. The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall
in no way be a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof.
Participant Bound by Plan. Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the 2012 Plan and agrees to be bound by
all the terms and provisions thereof. The terms of the 2012 Plan to the extent not stated herein are expressly incorporated
herein by reference and in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall govern. Any
capitalized terms not defined herein will have the meanings given in the Plan. This Agreement is subject to all of the terms,
conditions and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the amendment provisions thereof, and to such rules,
regulations and interpretations relating to the Plan or this Agreement adopted by the Board and in effect from time to time.
By signing below, the Participant agrees and accepts on behalf of himself or herself, and his or her heirs, legatees and
beneficiary(ies), that all decisions or interpretations of the Board with respect to the Plan or this Agreement are binding,
conclusive and final.
10. Nonsolicitation of Clients
a.
b.
In consideration of this Agreement, Participant agrees that while Participant is employed by the Company or any of
its affiliates, and for a period equal to the greater of (i) two hundred seventy (270) days immediately following the
date Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) the period during which the
Units continue to vest pursuant to Section 2.b. above, Participant will not (except on behalf of the Company) solicit
financial services business from, or conduct financial services business with, any client of the Company or any of its
affiliates which was a client of the Company or any of its affiliates with which Participant had any contact during the
period of one year prior to the date Participant ceased to be an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates. This
covenant applies to clients whether they are persons or entities.
This covenant is effective immediately, and remains in force before and after the time the rights to Units granted
under this Agreement vest and Shares are issued in settlement thereof, and after such Shares are transferred by the
Participant. The parties intend that this Section 10 is severable from any other provision of this agreement, as
provided in Section 13, and is also severable from any other promise or duty owed by Participant to the Company or
any affiliate.
5
c.
d.
e.
The Participant agrees that this covenant is reasonably and properly necessary to protect the legitimate business
interests of the Company and its affiliates. The Participant acknowledges that damages for the violation of this
covenant will be inadequate and will not give full, sufficient relief to the Company and its affiliates, and that a breach
of this covenant will constitute irreparable harm to the Company or its affiliates. Therefore, the Participant agrees that
in the event of any violation of this covenant, the Company or any of its affiliates shall be entitled to compensatory
damages and injunctive relief.
Participant will reimburse and indemnify the Company or any of its affiliates for the actual costs incurred by the
Company or its affiliates in enforcing this covenant, including, but not limited to, attorney's fees reasonably incurred
in enforcement activity.
While Participant is employed by the Company or any of its affiliates and for a period equal to the greater of (i) two
hundred seventy (270) days immediately following the date Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or
any of its affiliates, or (ii) the period during which the Units continue to vest pursuant to Section 2.b. above,
Participant will inform each new employer, prior to accepting employment, of the existence of this Agreement,
including the prohibitions contained in this section, and provide that employer with a copy of it. Participant authorizes
the Company to forward a copy of the prohibitions against competition as contained in this section to any actual or
prospective new employer.
f.
This Section 10 will become null and void upon a Change in Control.
11.
Protection of Leadership Pool
The Participant and the Company and its affiliates agree to the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Participant has managerial, supervisory, or mentoring responsibilities and skills which are necessary to the legitimate
business interests of the Company and its affiliates.
If the Participant ceases to be so employed, the Company and its affiliates will have a business necessity to replace
the skills lost.
It takes time after an employee leaves the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates to replace the skills lost; 180
days is a reasonable measure of the time needed to replace the skills of the Participant.
A primary and necessary source of replacement of Participant’s skills is the existing pool of employees of the
Company and its affiliates who are in positions of the sort which constitutes the managerial and supervisory pool,
specifically those employees having a position of officer, or above.
6
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
The parties recognize that employees of the Company or any of its affiliates (not otherwise bound by contract) are not
in any way restricted from competing with the Company or any of its affiliates, and are not obligated to accept, nor
even to consider, proposals by the Company or any of its affiliates that they replace Participant in the event
Participant leaves the Company or any of its affiliates.
Because of the Participant’s present position, Participant is in a position to assist and influence another employee
choosing whether to remain with the Company and its affiliates and consider or accept other positions with the
Company and its affiliates rather than choosing to seek other opportunities outside the Company or any of its
affiliates. Any suggestion by Participant that another employee of the Company or any of its affiliates seek another
employment opportunity outside the Company or any of its affiliates and any offer of another employment
opportunity by another employer with the assistance of the Participant, would be such assistance and influence, in
derogation of Participant’s duty to the Company and its affiliates as a managerial and supervisory employee.
The monetary value of the loss to the Company and its affiliates in case Participant in fact assists or influences
another employee to leave the Company or any of its affiliates would be impossible to precisely measure. Injunctive
relief for a breach of subsection (i) would also be ineffective.
The parties agree that a fair estimate of the monetary value of the loss to the Company and its affiliates in case the
Participant assists or influences another employee to leave the Company or any of its affiliates would be half of the
Participant’s current base salary as of the last day the Participant worked for the Company or any of its affiliates, for a
period of 180 days.
In consideration of this Agreement, and of the continued employment of the Participant by the Company or any of its
affiliates, the Participant agrees that the Participant, directly or through another, will not assist or influence another
employee of the Company or any of its affiliates who holds a position described in subsection (d), to take a position
outside the Company or any of its affiliates, whether or not in the financial services business, for a period of 180
calendar days beginning on the date the Participant gives the Company or any of its affiliates notice that the
Participant is leaving the Company or any of its affiliates, or the date the Participant does leave the Company or any
of its affiliates whichever is earlier. (The parties recognize and acknowledge that any action by Participant to assist or
influence another employee to leave the Company or any of its affiliates against the wishes of the Company or any of
its affiliates at any time during Participant's employment with the Company or any of its affiliates would be a breach
of the Participant's duty to Company and any of its affiliates, but such conduct as to an employee who holds a
position described in subsection (d) is a breach of this Agreement only during the 180 calendar day period stated
above.)
7
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
In the event of a breach by the Participant of subsection (i), the stipulated damages for such breach are agreed to be
one-half of Participant’s daily rate of base pay as of the time he or she leaves the Company or any of its affiliates
times 180. This provision for stipulated damages is intended to be and is severable from the substantive obligation in
subsection (i), and from the other provisions of this Agreement.
Subsections (i) and (j) are solely for the purposes stated in subsections (a) through (j), and are not for the purpose of
limiting the ability of Participant to compete with the Company or any of its affiliates.
Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates intend that the promise by Participant in subsection (i) is separate
and separable from any other obligation of Participant, and for a different purpose, and with a different remedy from
the promise of the Participant not to solicit or conduct business with clients of the Company and its affiliates, under
Section 10.
This section is effective immediately, and remains in force before and after the time the rights to Units granted under
this Agreement vest and Shares are issued in settlement thereof, and after such Shares are transferred by the
Participant.
Participant will reimburse and indemnify the Company and its affiliates for the actual costs incurred by the Company
and its affiliates in enforcing this covenant, including, but not limited to, attorney's fees reasonably incurred in
enforcement activity.
12.
13.
14.
Notices. Any notice hereunder to the Company shall be addressed to it at its office, 401 Charmany Drive, Madison, WI
53719; Attention: Corporate Secretary, and any notice hereunder to Participant shall be addressed to him or her at the last
home address on file with the Company. Either party may designate some other address at any time hereafter in writing.
Severability. In the event any provision of the Agreement is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity
will not affect the remaining provisions of the Agreement, and the Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal
or invalid provision had not been included.
Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified at any time by an instrument in writing signed by the parties
hereto, and as provided in the Plan, under certain circumstances, the Agreement may be amended or terminated by the
Company or the Board without the Participant’s consent.
8
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement on the day and year first
above written.
FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
By:
Corey Chambas
Its: President & CEO
The undersigned hereby accepts and agrees to all the terms and provisions of the
foregoing Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and to all the terms and provisions of the
First Business Financial Services, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.
Date Granted: XXXXX, 20XX
Participant
9
FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
Exhibit 10.13
THIS AGREEMENT, made this XXth day of XX, 20XX, (the “Grant Date”) by FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL
SERVICES, INC. , a Wisconsin corporation (the “Company”), and XXXXXXXXXX, an employee of the Company or one of its
affiliates (the “Participant”).
1.
Grant of Restricted Stock Units. Pursuant to the First Business Financial Services, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the
“2012 Plan”), the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) or a committee thereof (the “Committee”) has granted to
the Participant, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, xxx Restricted Stock Units (the “Units”) in exchange for the
cancellation of the Participant’s Restricted Stock Agreement dated ________ and the cancellation of the shares issued
thereunder that have not yet vested as of the Grant Date.
2.
Period of Restriction.
a.
b.
Vesting
Period.
[ Insert
number
] of the Units will vest on [ insert
date
], another [ insert
number
] of the Units will
vest on [ insert
date
] and the remaining [ insert
number
] of the Units will vest on [ insert
date
] provided that,
subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) relating to Retirement (as defined below), the Participant is employed by the
Company or an Affiliate on the applicable vesting date. If the Participant’s employment terminates prior to the date
the Units are vested as a result of death or disability (within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)), the Units will
become fully vested on such date of termination. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) relating to Retirement,
upon any other termination of employment prior to the date the Units are vested, the Participant will forfeit the Units
unless otherwise determined by the Board or Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Change in
Control, (1) any Units still outstanding shall become fully vested, or (2) if the Participant terminated employment
within the 30 calendar days prior to the Change in Control and forfeited the Units, then such forfeited Units shall be
re-issued to the Participant upon the Change in Control, and shall be fully vested on the date of such re-issuance
provided that (1) the Participant did not voluntarily resign prior to the effective date of the Change in Control and (2)
the Participant was not terminated for cause (as determined in good faith by the Board or Committee) prior to the
effective date of such Change in Control.
Retirement.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2(a), if the Participant’s employment terminates as a
result of Retirement after the first anniversary of the Grant Date, then the Units shall not be forfeited as a result of
such termination of employment and shall continue to vest for as long as the Participant remains Retired (as defined
below). “Retirement” for this purpose shall mean the Participant’s separation from service with the Company and its
Affiliates on or after
the date on which the Participant has achieved age 60 with at least 10 years of service in a senior executive capacity
with the Company; provided that the Participant provides at least twelve (12) months’ notice to the Company’s Chief
Executive Officer (or, if the Participant is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, to the Board) prior to such
Retirement. Following the Participant’s Retirement, the Participant shall be considered “Retired” for purposes of this
Agreement so long as the Participant does not (x) directly, or indirectly through another, act as an officer, director,
partner or employee of or consultant to or act in any managerial capacity with any entity that is engaged in the
financial service industry or (y) act in any full-time position with any other entity if such position requires duties and
responsibilities similar to the duties and responsibilities of the Participant with the Company prior to Retirement.
Whether the Participant remains Retired at any time shall be determined by the Board or the Committee in its sole
discretion. If, while this Award is outstanding, the Participant commences employment or other work of any kind
following Retirement, then the Participant is required to promptly provide written notice to the Company of the name
of his or her employer and the nature of his or her position or other work. In addition, as a condition for this Award to
remain outstanding following Retirement, the Company will require the Participant to provide information relating to
his or her activities following Retirement prior to each vesting date to enable the Board or the Committee to
determine whether the Participant remains Retired, and the Participant’s failure to provide such information upon
request will cause the Award to be forfeited. If the Participant receives any benefit under this Award after Retirement
but when he or she is no longer Retired, then the Participant will be obligated to repay to the Company the value of
such benefit (with such value to be determined by the Company, which may include a reasonable rate of interest)
promptly following receipt from the Company of notice to the Participant of his or her repayment obligation.
c.
Settlement
. As soon as practicable (but not more than thirty (30) days) after the Units vest, a number of Shares equal
to the vested Units shall be issued to the Participant (or his or her beneficiary as provided in Section 5).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Participant who is Retirement-eligible, is a specified employee
(within the meaning of Code Section 409A) and whose Units vest due to the Participant’s termination of employment
as a result of disability, settlement of the Units will not occur until six months following the Participant’s “separation
from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A. In addition, notwithstanding any provision herein to the
contrary, in order for the Units held by a Participant who is Retirement-eligible or Retired to vest upon a Change in
Control, such Change in Control must qualify as “change in control event” within the meaning of Code Section 409A.
All vested Units shall be cancelled following settlement thereof.
d.
Non-Transferability
of
Units
. The Participant may not sell, transfer or otherwise alienate or hypothecate any of the
Units.
e.
f.
No
Voting
Rights;
Dividend
Equivalents
and
Other
Distributions
. The Participant shall not have voting rights with
respect to Shares subject to the Units unless and until such Shares are reflected as issued and outstanding shares on
the Company’s stock ledger following vesting and settlement. The Participant shall receive a cash payment equivalent
to any dividends or other distributions paid with respect to the Shares subject to the Units, so long as the applicable
record date occurs before such Units are forfeited or cancelled. Such cash payment shall be paid to the Participant (or
the Participant’s beneficiary in accordance with Section 5) at the same time as the dividend or other distribution is
paid to stockholders of the Company. If, however, any dividends or distributions with respect to the Stock underlying
the Units are paid in shares rather than cash, then the Participant shall be credited with additional restricted stock units
equal to the number of shares that the Participant would have received had the Units been actual shares, and such
restricted stock units shall be deemed Units subject to the same risk of forfeiture and other terms of this Agreement.
The Participant shall have no rights as a holder of Stock unless and until the Shares are issued to the Participant. .
Termination
of
Employment
. For purposes of this Agreement, the Participant will not be considered to have
terminated employment if the Participant transfers employment between the Company and any Affiliate of the
Company, or between the Company’s Affiliates, or ceases to be employed by the Company or an Affiliate of the
Company and immediately thereafter becomes (or remains) a non-employee director of the Company, a non-
employee director of any Affiliate, or a consultant to the Company or any Affiliate until such Participant’s service as
an employee, director of, or consultant to, the Company and its Affiliates has ceased.
3.
4.
5.
Non-Transferability of Award . This Agreement shall not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and
distribution, or pursuant to a beneficiary designation filed in accordance with Section 5.
Issuance of Shares. The Shares issued in settlement of the Units will be issued and delivered in book entry form, and the
Company will not be liable for damages relating to any delays in making an appropriate book entry or any mistakes or errors
in the making of the book entry; provided that the Company shall correct any errors caused by it. Any such book entry will
be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under (a) the 2012 Plan and
any agreement between the Participant and the Company with respect to this Award or the Shares, (b) any applicable federal
or state laws, and/or (c) the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) of
any stock exchange upon which the Shares are listed. The Company may cause an appropriate book entry notation to be
made with respect to the Shares to reference any of the foregoing restrictions.
Beneficiary. The Participant may designate one or more beneficiaries who shall be entitled to receive the Shares that are
issued following the death of Participant. The Participant may from time to time revoke or change his or her beneficiary
designation without the consent
of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company
shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless
received by the Company prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall any designation be effective as of a date prior
to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of Participant’s death, or if no designated beneficiary
survives the Participant or if such designation conflicts with law, the Participant’s estate will be considered the beneficiary. If
the Board is in doubt as to the right of any person to receive Shares, the Company may refuse to issue shares to any
individual, without liability for any interest or dividends on the underlying Stock, until the Board determines the person
entitled to receive the shares, or the Company may apply to any court of appropriate jurisdiction and such application shall be
a complete discharge of any Company liability.
6.
Restrictions on Issuance and Transfer of Shares.
a.
b.
General.
No shares of Stock will be issued under this Agreement unless and until the Company has determined to its
satisfaction that such issuance complies with all relevant provisions of applicable law, including the requirements of
any stock exchange on which the shares may then be traded.
Securities
Laws.
Participant acknowledges that he or she is acquiring any Shares issued under this Award for
investment purposes only and not with a view to resale or other distribution thereof to the public in violation of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”). Participant agrees and acknowledges with respect to any Shares that
have not been registered under the Act, that (i) Participant will not sell or otherwise dispose of such shares except
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and any applicable state securities laws, or in a
transaction which in the opinion of counsel for the Company is exempt from such registration, and (ii) a legend or
appropriate stop transfer order will be placed on the certificates or book entry for the shares to such effect. As further
conditions to the issuance of the Shares, the Participant agrees individually and on behalf of all beneficiary(ies), heirs,
legatees and legal representatives, prior to such issuance to execute and deliver to the Company such investment
representations and warranties, to enter into a restrictive stock transfer agreement, and to take or refrain from taking
such other actions, as counsel for the Company determines may be necessary or appropriate for compliance with the
Act and any applicable federal or state securities laws, regardless of whether the shares have at that time been
registered under the Act or qualified under the securities laws of any state.
7.
Tax Withholding. To the extent that the receipt or vesting of, or other event with respect to, the Units or Shares subject to
this Agreement results in income to the Participant for Federal, state or local income tax purposes or otherwise gives rise to a
withholding obligation on the part of the Company or its Affiliates, the Participant shall deliver to the Company at the time
the Company (or a Subsidiary or Affiliate) is obligated to withhold taxes such amount as the Company requires to meet its
withholding obligation under applicable tax
8.
9.
laws or regulations, and if the Participant fails to do so, the Company has the right and authority to deduct or withhold from
other compensation payable to the Participant an amount sufficient to satisfy its withholding obligations. The Participant may
satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by electing to have the Company withhold for its own account that
number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant hereunder on the date the tax is to be determined having an
aggregate Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax that the
Company must withhold. Such election must be irrevocable, and submitted to the Company’s Human Resources Director
before the applicable withholding date. The Fair Market Value of any fractional Share not used to satisfy the withholding
obligation (as determined on the date the tax is determined) will be paid in cash.
Failure to Enforce Not a Waiver. The failure of the Company to enforce at any time any provision of this Agreement shall
in no way be a waiver of such provision or of any other provision hereof.
Participant Bound by Plan. Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the 2012 Plan and agrees to be bound by
all the terms and provisions thereof. The terms of the 2012 Plan to the extent not stated herein are expressly incorporated
herein by reference and in the event of any conflict between this Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall govern. Any
capitalized terms not defined herein will have the meanings given in the Plan. This Agreement is subject to all of the terms,
conditions and provisions of the Plan, including, without limitation, the amendment provisions thereof, and to such rules,
regulations and interpretations relating to the Plan or this Agreement adopted by the Board and in effect from time to time.
By signing below, the Participant agrees and accepts on behalf of himself or herself, and his or her heirs, legatees and
beneficiary(ies), that all decisions or interpretations of the Board with respect to the Plan or this Agreement are binding,
conclusive and final.
10. Nonsolicitation of Clients
a.
b.
In consideration of this Agreement, Participant agrees that while Participant is employed by the Company or any of
its affiliates, and for a period equal to the greater of (i) two hundred seventy (270) days immediately following the
date Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates, or (ii) the period during which the
Units continue to vest pursuant to Section 2.b. above, Participant will not (except on behalf of the Company) solicit
financial services business from, or conduct financial services business with, any client of the Company or any of its
affiliates which was a client of the Company or any of its affiliates with which Participant had any contact during the
period of one year prior to the date Participant ceased to be an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates. This
covenant applies to clients whether they are persons or entities.
This covenant is effective immediately, and remains in force before and after the time the rights to Units granted
under this Agreement vest and Shares are issued in settlement thereof, and after such Shares are transferred by the
Participant. The
c.
d.
e.
parties intend that this Section 10 is severable from any other provision of this agreement, as provided in Section 13,
and is also severable from any other promise or duty owed by Participant to the Company or any affiliate.
The Participant agrees that this covenant is reasonably and properly necessary to protect the legitimate business
interests of the Company and its affiliates. The Participant acknowledges that damages for the violation of this
covenant will be inadequate and will not give full, sufficient relief to the Company and its affiliates, and that a breach
of this covenant will constitute irreparable harm to the Company or its affiliates. Therefore, the Participant agrees that
in the event of any violation of this covenant, the Company or any of its affiliates shall be entitled to compensatory
damages and injunctive relief.
Participant will reimburse and indemnify the Company or any of its affiliates for the actual costs incurred by the
Company or its affiliates in enforcing this covenant, including, but not limited to, attorney's fees reasonably incurred
in enforcement activity.
While Participant is employed by the Company or any of its affiliates and for a period equal to the greater of (i) two
hundred seventy (270) days immediately following the date Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company or
any of its affiliates, or (ii) the period during which the Units continue to vest pursuant to Section 2.b. above,
Participant will inform each new employer, prior to accepting employment, of the existence of this Agreement,
including the prohibitions contained in this section, and provide that employer with a copy of it. Participant authorizes
the Company to forward a copy of the prohibitions against competition as contained in this section to any actual or
prospective new employer.
f.
This Section 10 will become null and void upon a Change in Control.
11.
Protection of Leadership Pool
The Participant and the Company and its affiliates agree to the following:
a.
b.
c.
Participant has managerial, supervisory, or mentoring responsibilities and skills which are necessary to the legitimate
business interests of the Company and its affiliates.
If the Participant ceases to be so employed, the Company and its affiliates will have a business necessity to replace
the skills lost.
It takes time after an employee leaves the employ of the Company or any of its affiliates to replace the skills lost; 180
days is a reasonable measure of the time needed to replace the skills of the Participant.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
A primary and necessary source of replacement of Participant’s skills is the existing pool of employees of the
Company and its affiliates who are in positions of the sort which constitutes the managerial and supervisory pool,
specifically those employees having a position of officer, or above.
The parties recognize that employees of the Company or any of its affiliates (not otherwise bound by contract) are not
in any way restricted from competing with the Company or any of its affiliates, and are not obligated to accept, nor
even to consider, proposals by the Company or any of its affiliates that they replace Participant in the event
Participant leaves the Company or any of its affiliates.
Because of the Participant’s present position, Participant is in a position to assist and influence another employee
choosing whether to remain with the Company and its affiliates and consider or accept other positions with the
Company and its affiliates rather than choosing to seek other opportunities outside the Company or any of its
affiliates. Any suggestion by Participant that another employee of the Company or any of its affiliates seek another
employment opportunity outside the Company or any of its affiliates and any offer of another employment
opportunity by another employer with the assistance of the Participant, would be such assistance and influence, in
derogation of Participant’s duty to the Company and its affiliates as a managerial and supervisory employee.
The monetary value of the loss to the Company and its affiliates in case Participant in fact assists or influences
another employee to leave the Company or any of its affiliates would be impossible to precisely measure. Injunctive
relief for a breach of subsection (i) would also be ineffective.
The parties agree that a fair estimate of the monetary value of the loss to the Company and its affiliates in case the
Participant assists or influences another employee to leave the Company or any of its affiliates would be half of the
Participant’s current base salary as of the last day the Participant worked for the Company or any of its affiliates, for a
period of 180 days.
In consideration of this Agreement, and of the continued employment of the Participant by the Company or any of its
affiliates, the Participant agrees that the Participant, directly or through another, will not assist or influence another
employee of the Company or any of its affiliates who holds a position described in subsection (d), to take a position
outside the Company or any of its affiliates, whether or not in the financial services business, for a period of 180
calendar days beginning on the date the Participant gives the Company or any of its affiliates notice that the
Participant is leaving the Company or any of its affiliates, or the date the Participant does leave the Company or any
of its affiliates whichever is earlier. (The parties recognize and acknowledge that any action by Participant to assist or
influence another employee to leave the Company or any of its affiliates against the wishes of the Company or any of
its affiliates at any time during Participant's employment with the Company or any of its affiliates would be a breach
of the Participant's duty
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
to Company and any of its affiliates, but such conduct as to an employee who holds a position described in subsection
(d) is a breach of this Agreement only during the 180 calendar day period stated above.)
In the event of a breach by the Participant of subsection (i), the stipulated damages for such breach are agreed to be
one-half of Participant’s daily rate of base pay as of the time he or she leaves the Company or any of its affiliates
times 180. This provision for stipulated damages is intended to be and is severable from the substantive obligation in
subsection (i), and from the other provisions of this Agreement.
Subsections (i) and (j) are solely for the purposes stated in subsections (a) through (j), and are not for the purpose of
limiting the ability of Participant to compete with the Company or any of its affiliates.
Participant and the Company or any of its affiliates intend that the promise by Participant in subsection (i) is separate
and separable from any other obligation of Participant, and for a different purpose, and with a different remedy from
the promise of the Participant not to solicit or conduct business with clients of the Company and its affiliates, under
Section 10.
This section is effective immediately, and remains in force before and after the time the rights to Units granted under
this Agreement vest and Shares are issued in settlement thereof, and after such Shares are transferred by the
Participant.
Participant will reimburse and indemnify the Company and its affiliates for the actual costs incurred by the Company
and its affiliates in enforcing this covenant, including, but not limited to, attorney's fees reasonably incurred in
enforcement activity.
12.
13.
14.
Notices. Any notice hereunder to the Company shall be addressed to it at its office, 401 Charmany Drive, Madison, WI
53719; Attention: Corporate Secretary, and any notice hereunder to Participant shall be addressed to him or her at the last
home address on file with the Company. Either party may designate some other address at any time hereafter in writing.
Severability. In the event any provision of the Agreement is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity
will not affect the remaining provisions of the Agreement, and the Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal
or invalid provision had not been included.
Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified at any time by an instrument in writing signed by the parties
hereto, and as provided in the Plan, under certain circumstances, the Agreement may be amended or terminated by the
Company or the Board without the Participant’s consent.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement on the day and year first
above written.
FIRST BUSINESS FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.
By:
Corey Chambas
Its: President & CEO
The undersigned hereby accepts and agrees to all the terms and provisions of the
foregoing Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and to all the terms and provisions of the
First Business Financial Services, Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan.
Date Granted: XXXXX, 20XX
Participant
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Subsidiary
First Business Bank
First Business Capital Corp.
First Business Equipment Finance, LLC
Rimrock Road Investment Fund, LLC
BOC Investment, LLC
First Madison Investment Corp.
First Business Bank - Milwaukee
FBB-Milwaukee Real Estate, LLC
Alterra Bank
FBFS Statutory Trust II
Exhibit 21
State of Incorporation or
Organization
Wisconsin
Wisconsin
Wisconsin
Wisconsin
Wisconsin
Nevada
Wisconsin
Wisconsin
Kansas
Delaware
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Exhibit 23
The Board of Directors
First Business Financial Services, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement No. 333-183274 on Form S-8 and No. 333-201056 on Form S-3 of First Business
Financial Services, Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports dated March 11, 2016 , with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of First Business Financial Services,
Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders'
equity, and cash flows, for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015 , and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as
of December 31, 2015 , which reports appear in the December 31, 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Business Financial Services, Inc.
Chicago, Illinois
March 11, 2016
/s/ KPMG LLP
I, Corey A. Chambas, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Business Financial Services, Inc.;
Certifications
Exhibit 31.1
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the
registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control
over financial reporting.
/s/ Corey A. Chambas
Corey A. Chambas
Chief Executive Officer
March 11, 2016
I, James F. Ropella, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Business Financial Services, Inc.;
Certifications
Exhibit 31.2
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the
registrant and have:
a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control
over financial reporting.
/s/ James F. Ropella
James F. Ropella
Principal Financial Officer
March 11, 2016
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350
Solely for the purposes of complying with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we, the undersigned
Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, of First Business Financial Services, Inc., a Wisconsin Corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certify,
based on our knowledge that the Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Report”) fully complies with the
requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in the Report fairly presents, in
all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.
Exhibit 32
/s/ Corey A. Chambas
Corey A. Chambas
Chief Executive Officer
March 11, 2016
/s/ James F. Ropella
James F. Ropella
Principal Financial Officer
March 11, 2016